WO2024123749A1 - Antiviral compounds and methods of making and use thereof - Google Patents
Antiviral compounds and methods of making and use thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024123749A1 WO2024123749A1 PCT/US2023/082465 US2023082465W WO2024123749A1 WO 2024123749 A1 WO2024123749 A1 WO 2024123749A1 US 2023082465 W US2023082465 W US 2023082465W WO 2024123749 A1 WO2024123749 A1 WO 2024123749A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- substituted
- unsubstituted
- compounds
- compound
- alkyl
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 213
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 62
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 title abstract description 17
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 110
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 61
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 53
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 50
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 29
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 29
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 62
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 50
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 41
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 claims description 31
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 30
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000005499 phosphonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 24
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N adenyl group Chemical group N1=CN=C2N=CNC2=C1N GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 23
- 150000008223 ribosides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 241001493065 dsRNA viruses Species 0.000 claims description 18
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 claims description 17
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000010609 cell counting kit-8 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L phosphoramidate Chemical compound NP([O-])([O-])=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000006646 Dess-Martin oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000005176 Hepatitis C Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 229950002891 danoprevir Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000013375 chromatographic separation Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000711573 Coronaviridae Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000711950 Filoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000710781 Flaviviridae Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000712464 Orthomyxoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000711504 Paramyxoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- ZVTDLPBHTSMEJZ-UPZRXNBOSA-N danoprevir Chemical compound O=C([C@@]12C[C@H]1\C=C/CCCCC[C@H](C(N1C[C@@H](C[C@H]1C(=O)N2)OC(=O)N1CC2=C(F)C=CC=C2C1)=O)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)NS(=O)(=O)C1CC1 ZVTDLPBHTSMEJZ-UPZRXNBOSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 31
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 abstract description 27
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 abstract description 7
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 abstract description 4
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 abstract description 4
- 231100000053 low toxicity Toxicity 0.000 abstract description 3
- -1 3TC) Chemical compound 0.000 description 140
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 105
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 97
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 83
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 83
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 82
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 81
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 78
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 73
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 72
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 63
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 60
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 59
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical group CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 48
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 44
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 44
- 125000000061 phosphanyl group Chemical group [H]P([H])* 0.000 description 42
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 41
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphonium Chemical compound [PH4+] XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 40
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 31
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 31
- LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl Chemical group [P]=O LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 30
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 30
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 30
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 27
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 26
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 24
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 24
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 24
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphinate Chemical compound [O-][PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 24
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 24
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 24
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 23
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- AWIJRPNMLHPLNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanethioic s-acid Chemical compound SC=O AWIJRPNMLHPLNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioacetate Chemical compound CC([S-])=O DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 23
- PEHVGBZKEYRQSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-deaza-adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1C=CN2 PEHVGBZKEYRQSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 22
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 22
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 22
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical group N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 21
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 description 17
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 14
- 125000005678 ethenylene group Chemical group [H]C([*:1])=C([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 14
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)NC2=C1NC=N2 LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 12
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 12
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 11
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dess–martin periodinane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2I(OC(=O)C)(OC(C)=O)(OC(C)=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 10
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 9
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 9
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 8
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 8
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000004648 C2-C8 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000004649 C2-C8 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- XCUAIINAJCDIPM-XVFCMESISA-N N(4)-hydroxycytidine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=NO)C=C1 XCUAIINAJCDIPM-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 7
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 7
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- LOSIULRWFAEMFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-deazaguanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1CC=N2 LOSIULRWFAEMFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229930185560 Pseudouridine Natural products 0.000 description 6
- PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pseudouridine C Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WGDUUQDYDIIBKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-Pseudouridine Natural products OC1OC(CN2C=CC(=O)NC2=O)C(O)C1O WGDUUQDYDIIBKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 6
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZVTDLPBHTSMEJZ-JSZLBQEHSA-N danoprevir Chemical compound O=C([C@@]12C[C@H]1\C=C/CCCCC[C@@H](C(N1C[C@@H](C[C@H]1C(=O)N2)OC(=O)N1CC2=C(F)C=CC=C2C1)=O)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)NS(=O)(=O)C1CC1 ZVTDLPBHTSMEJZ-JSZLBQEHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 6
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 6
- PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-GBNDHIKLSA-N pseudouridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-GBNDHIKLSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 6
- RWWYLEGWBNMMLJ-MEUHYHILSA-N remdesivir Drugs C([C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@](C#N)(O1)C=1N2N=CN=C(N)C2=CC=1)O)OP(=O)(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)OCC(CC)CC)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RWWYLEGWBNMMLJ-MEUHYHILSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RWWYLEGWBNMMLJ-YSOARWBDSA-N remdesivir Chemical compound NC1=NC=NN2C1=CC=C2[C@]1([C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O1)CO[P@](=O)(OC1=CC=CC=C1)N[C@H](C(=O)OCC(CC)CC)C)O)O)C#N RWWYLEGWBNMMLJ-YSOARWBDSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 229940075420 xanthine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000002462 isocyano group Chemical group *[N+]#[C-] 0.000 description 5
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000003356 phenylsulfanyl group Chemical group [*]SC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M iodide Chemical compound [I-] XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-beta-D-Xylofuranosyl-NH-Cytosine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NVKAMPJSWMHVDK-GITKWUPZSA-N 2-amino-9-[(2r,3r,4r,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methyloxolan-2-yl]-3h-purin-6-one Chemical compound C[C@@]1(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC(N)=NC(O)=C2N=C1 NVKAMPJSWMHVDK-GITKWUPZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZAYHVCMSTBRABG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-Methylcytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 ZAYHVCMSTBRABG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AGFIRQJZCNVMCW-UAKXSSHOSA-N 5-bromouridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(Br)=C1 AGFIRQJZCNVMCW-UAKXSSHOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZAYHVCMSTBRABG-JXOAFFINSA-N 5-methylcytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C(C)=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 ZAYHVCMSTBRABG-JXOAFFINSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CKOMXBHMKXXTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-methyladenine Chemical compound CNC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 CKOMXBHMKXXTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N Cytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- 108060004795 Methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011529 RT qPCR Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 3
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WREGKURFCTUGRC-POYBYMJQSA-N Zalcitabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)CC1 WREGKURFCTUGRC-POYBYMJQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940124599 anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 description 3
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N cytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003595 mist Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 229920000962 poly(amidoamine) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N (-)-Menthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PASOFFRBGIVJET-YRKGHMEHSA-N (2r,3r,4r,5r)-2-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methyloxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound C[C@@]1(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 PASOFFRBGIVJET-YRKGHMEHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZHHOTKZTEUZTHX-SHYZEUOFSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r,3r,5s)-3-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)C[C@@H](CO)O1 ZHHOTKZTEUZTHX-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005986 4-piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108050005111 Concentrative nucleoside transporters Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000014778 Concentrative nucleoside transporters Human genes 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BXZVVICBKDXVGW-NKWVEPMBSA-N Didanosine Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)CC[C@@H]1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 BXZVVICBKDXVGW-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100032341 PCNA-interacting partner Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710196737 PCNA-interacting partner Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710118046 RNA-directed RNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trioxochromium Chemical compound O=[Cr](=O)=O WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000015111 chews Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N chrysene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C=CC3=C21 WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N coronene Chemical compound C1=C(C2=C34)C=CC3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C4C3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C2C3=C1 VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol Natural products OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-CAXSIQPQSA-N geneticin Chemical compound O1C[C@@](O)(C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C(C)O)O2)N)[C@@H](N)C[C@H]1N BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-CAXSIQPQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001031 glucose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N hydrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indomethacin Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2N1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010902 jet-milling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960001855 mannitol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960003940 naproxen sodium Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CDBRNDSHEYLDJV-FVGYRXGTSA-M naproxen sodium Chemical compound [Na+].C1=C([C@H](C)C([O-])=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CDBRNDSHEYLDJV-FVGYRXGTSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940125675 paxlovid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004928 piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002345 respiratory system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002342 ribonucleoside Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003419 rna directed dna polymerase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- WVYADZUPLLSGPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N salsalate Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O WVYADZUPLLSGPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002920 sorbitol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004793 sucrose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010414 supernatant solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000009974 thixotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960002555 zidovudine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N zidovudine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](N=[N+]=[N-])C1 HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTLYMKDSHNWQKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,4,5-trichlorophenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C1Cl FTLYMKDSHNWQKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDJGLLICXDHJDY-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-2-(3-phenoxyphenyl)propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](C)C1=CC=CC(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 RDJGLLICXDHJDY-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- AMFDITJFBUXZQN-KUBHLMPHSA-N (2s,3s,4r,5r)-2-(4-amino-5h-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidine-3,4-diol Chemical compound C=1NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2C=1[C@@H]1N[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O AMFDITJFBUXZQN-KUBHLMPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006656 (C2-C4) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006650 (C2-C4) alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N (S)-chloroquine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2C(N[C@@H](C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFMFNYKEUDLDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)C(F)(F)F YFMFNYKEUDLDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FCC(F)(F)F LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004502 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004511 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004504 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004514 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004506 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004517 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001781 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004520 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UJQBOUAGWGVOTI-XSSZXYGBSA-N 1-[(2r,4s,5r)-4-azido-4-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-methylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@](O)(N=[N+]=[N-])C1 UJQBOUAGWGVOTI-XSSZXYGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 11-dehydrocorticosterone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPUGCISOLXNPPC-IOSLPCCCSA-N 2'-methoxyadenosine Natural products CO[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 FPUGCISOLXNPPC-IOSLPCCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGTUPRIZNBMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 YGTUPRIZNBMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-RQJHMYQMSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2s,5r)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-oxathiolan-5-yl]pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)SC1 JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-RQJHMYQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azabenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=N1 GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002471 4H-quinolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CCN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- OOXNYFKPOPJIOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(3-bromophenyl)-7-(6-morpholin-4-ylpyridin-3-yl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine;dihydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.C=12C(N)=NC=NC2=NC(C=2C=NC(=CC=2)N2CCOCC2)=CC=1C1=CC=CC(Br)=C1 OOXNYFKPOPJIOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100032534 Adenosine kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076278 Adenosine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000195940 Bryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000004650 C1-C8 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000025721 COVID-19 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cellulose, microcrystalline Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000005675 Corey-Kim oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N Cortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cortisone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-LLEIAEIESA-N D-glucaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-LLEIAEIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-AQKNRBDQSA-N D-glucopyranuronic acid Chemical compound OC1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-AQKNRBDQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Natural products CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XMSXQFUHVRWGNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Decamethylcyclopentasiloxane Chemical compound C[Si]1(C)O[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)O1 XMSXQFUHVRWGNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000011001 Ebola Hemorrhagic Fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001115402 Ebolavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940122604 HCV protease inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101000600434 Homo sapiens Putative uncharacterized protein encoded by MIR7-3HG Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003996 Interferon-beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000467 Interferon-beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KJHKTHWMRKYKJE-SUGCFTRWSA-N Kaletra Chemical compound N1([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)COC=2C(=CC=CC=2C)C)CC=2C=CC=CC=2)CCCNC1=O KJHKTHWMRKYKJE-SUGCFTRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L Malonate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC([O-])=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRVUJXDFFKFLMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Meloxicam Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(C)C=1C(=O)NC1=NC=C(C)S1 ZRVUJXDFFKFLMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M Methylprednisolone sodium succinate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(=O)COC(=O)CCC([O-])=O)CC[C@H]21 FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BLXXJMDCKKHMKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nabumetone Chemical compound C1=C(CCC(C)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 BLXXJMDCKKHMKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naproxen Natural products C1=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010011356 Nucleoside phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006036 Oppenauer oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002606 Paramyxoviridae Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Phosphate ion(2-) Chemical compound OP([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102100037401 Putative uncharacterized protein encoded by MIR7-3HG Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101800001554 RNA-directed RNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IWUCXVSUMQZMFG-AFCXAGJDSA-N Ribavirin Chemical compound N1=C(C(=O)N)N=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 IWUCXVSUMQZMFG-AFCXAGJDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ritonavir Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1CC(NC(=O)OCC=1SC=NC=1)C(O)CC(CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)N(C)CC1=CSC(C(C)C)=N1 NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000315672 SARS coronavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004141 Sodium laurylsulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004147 Sorbitan trioleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N Sorbitan trioleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006859 Swern oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007410 Uridine kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710168490 Uridine-cytidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010087302 Viral Structural Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000907316 Zika virus Species 0.000 description 1
- BBAWTPDTGRXPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,3]thiazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=N1 BBAWTPDTGRXPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001138 acetylsalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003838 adenosines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005213 alkyl heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011225 antiretroviral therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001204 arachidyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004604 benzisothiazolyl group Chemical group S1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004603 benzisoxazolyl group Chemical group O1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004935 benzoxazolinyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005512 benztetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000227 bioadhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M bisulphate group Chemical group S([O-])(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- XAAHAAMILDNBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O XAAHAAMILDNBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940077731 carbohydrate nutrients Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004623 carbolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001364 causal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000590 celecoxib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N celecoxib Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=NN1C1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004656 cell transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003677 chloroquine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroquine Natural products ClC1=CC=C2C(NC(C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003016 chromanyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004230 chromenyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011260 co-administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007398 colorimetric assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- VXRUJZQPKRBJKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N corannulene Chemical compound C1=CC(C2=C34)=CC=C3C=CC3=C4C4=C2C1=CC=C4C=C3 VXRUJZQPKRBJKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004544 cortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000913 crospovidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940086555 cyclomethicone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002354 daily effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005107 darunavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CJBJHOAVZSMMDJ-HEXNFIEUSA-N darunavir Chemical compound C([C@@H]([C@H](O)CN(CC(C)C)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=CC(N)=CC=1)NC(=O)O[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CCO[C@@H]2OC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 CJBJHOAVZSMMDJ-HEXNFIEUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004856 decahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005549 deoxyribonucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002086 dextran Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001259 diclofenac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diclofenac Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1NC1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1Cl DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004515 diclofenac potassium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KXZOIWWTXOCYKR-UHFFFAOYSA-M diclofenac potassium Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1NC1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1Cl KXZOIWWTXOCYKR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960002656 didanosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000616 diflunisal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diflunisal Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(C(=O)O)=CC(C=2C(=CC(F)=CC=2)F)=C1 HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M dihydrogenphosphate Chemical compound OP(O)([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940008099 dimethicone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013870 dimethyl polysiloxane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229950010286 diolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001177 diphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J diphosphate(4-) Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 235000011180 diphosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003255 drug test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940112141 dry powder inhaler Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007824 enzymatic assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004770 esomeprazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SUBDBMMJDZJVOS-DEOSSOPVSA-N esomeprazole Chemical compound C([S@](=O)C1=NC2=CC=C(C=C2N1)OC)C1=NC=C(C)C(OC)=C1C SUBDBMMJDZJVOS-DEOSSOPVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IDGUHHHQCWSQLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;hydrate Chemical compound O.CCO IDGUHHHQCWSQLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AINBZKYUNWUTRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;propan-2-ol Chemical compound CCO.CC(C)O AINBZKYUNWUTRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCN1CCCC1 MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005293 etodolac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XFBVBWWRPKNWHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N etodolac Chemical compound C1COC(CC)(CC(O)=O)C2=N[C]3C(CC)=CC=CC3=C21 XFBVBWWRPKNWHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZCGNOVWYSGBHAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N favipiravir Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=NC(F)=CNC1=O ZCGNOVWYSGBHAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950008454 favipiravir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001419 fenoprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013020 final formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AAXVEMMRQDVLJB-BULBTXNYSA-N fludrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@@]3(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 AAXVEMMRQDVLJB-BULBTXNYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002011 fludrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940044170 formate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002737 fructose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940050411 fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229950002031 galidesivir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005182 global health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001731 gluceptate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KWMLJOLKUYYJFJ-VFUOTHLCSA-N glucoheptonic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O KWMLJOLKUYYJFJ-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940097042 glucuronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002449 glycine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004275 glycolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940029575 guanosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007902 hard capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229950000177 hibenzate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000890 hydrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001680 ibuprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004926 indolenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000905 indomethacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001388 interferon-beta Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000185 intracerebroventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007915 intraurethral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000534 ion trap mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004936 isatinoyl group Chemical group N1(C(=O)C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C12)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001977 isobenzofuranyl group Chemical group C=1(OC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003384 isochromanyl group Chemical group C1(OCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005438 isoindazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004384 ketorolac tromethamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BWHLPLXXIDYSNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketorolac tromethamine Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO.OC(=O)C1CCN2C1=CC=C2C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BWHLPLXXIDYSNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-NKWVEPMBSA-N lamivudine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)SC1 JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001627 lamivudine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004873 levomenthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002463 lignoceryl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004525 lopinavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004777 loss-of-function mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940091250 magnesium supplement Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940049920 malate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002160 maltose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940013798 meclofenamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SBDNJUWAMKYJOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M meclofenamic acid(1-) Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(Cl)C(NC=2C(=CC=CC=2)C([O-])=O)=C1Cl SBDNJUWAMKYJOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003194 meglumine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001929 meloxicam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041616 menthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M methyl sulfate(1-) Chemical compound COS([O-])(=O)=O JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960004584 methylprednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002395 mineralocorticoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- HTNPEHXGEKVIHG-ZJTJHKMLSA-N molnupiravir Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)OC[C@H]1O[C@H](C(O)C1O)N1C=C\C(NC1=O)=N\O HTNPEHXGEKVIHG-ZJTJHKMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940075124 molnupiravir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004712 monophosphates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000011929 mousse Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- UJUXGWDHCCTDJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-[6-tert-butyl-8-(2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinan-1-yl)-5-methoxyquinolin-3-yl]phenyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound C12=NC=C(C=3C=CC(NS(C)(=O)=O)=CC=3)C=C2C(OC)=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1N1CCC(=O)NC1=O UJUXGWDHCCTDJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004270 nabumetone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005648 named reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005487 naphthalate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002009 naproxen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N naproxen Chemical compound C1=C([C@H](C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- LIENCHBZNNMNKG-OJFNHCPVSA-N nirmatrelvir Chemical compound CC1([C@@H]2[C@H]1[C@H](N(C2)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)(C)C)NC(=O)C(F)(F)F)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]3CCNC3=O)C#N)C LIENCHBZNNMNKG-OJFNHCPVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- GYCKQBWUSACYIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-hydroxybenzoic acid ethyl ester Natural products CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O GYCKQBWUSACYIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004930 octahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2CCCC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229950004864 olamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940126701 oral medication Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- PXQPEWDEAKTCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N orotic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(=O)NC(=O)N1 PXQPEWDEAKTCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002739 oxaprozin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OFPXSFXSNFPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxaprozin Chemical compound O1C(CCC(=O)O)=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 OFPXSFXSNFPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QNNHQVPFZIFNFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=N1 QNNHQVPFZIFNFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004095 oxindolyl group Chemical group N1(C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002638 palliative care Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019371 penicillin G benzathine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004934 phenanthridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC=C3C=CC=CC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004625 phenanthrolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=C3C=CC=NC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004932 phenoxathinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001644 phenoxazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005235 piperonyl butoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004591 piperonyl group Chemical group C(C1=CC=2OCOC2C=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002702 piroxicam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QYSPLQLAKJAUJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N piroxicam Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(C)C=1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=N1 QYSPLQLAKJAUJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940037129 plain mineralocorticoids for systemic use Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001606 poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013809 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000523 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003975 potassium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960005205 prednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N prednisolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004618 prednisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N prednisone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004219 purine nucleobase group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004621 quinuclidinyl group Chemical group N12C(CC(CC1)CC2)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013557 residual solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000329 ribavirin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000311 ritonavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-XGKFQTDJSA-N ritonavir Chemical compound N([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)OCC=1SC=NC=1)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N(C)CC1=CSC(C(C)C)=N1 NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-XGKFQTDJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940085605 saccharin sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000953 salsalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003333 secondary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940083542 sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000015424 sodium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GDVSBVWTWGUDAW-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium 7-methylsulfanyl-3-nitro-[1,2,4]triazolo[5,1-c][1,2,4]triazin-4-olate dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].N1=NC([N+]([O-])=O)=C([O-])N2N=C(SC)N=C21 GDVSBVWTWGUDAW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940045902 sodium stearyl fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VSIVTUIKYVGDCX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;4-[2-(2-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)-3-(4-nitrophenyl)tetrazol-2-ium-5-yl]benzene-1,3-disulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].COC1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=CC=C1[N+]1=NC(C=2C(=CC(=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)=NN1C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 VSIVTUIKYVGDCX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019337 sorbitan trioleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000391 sorbitan trioleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960000894 sulindac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MLKXDPUZXIRXEP-MFOYZWKCSA-N sulindac Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(F)=CC=C2\C1=C/C1=CC=C(S(C)=O)C=C1 MLKXDPUZXIRXEP-MFOYZWKCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021653 sulphate ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003319 supportive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009747 swallowing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007916 tablet composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006068 taste-masking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001302 tertiary amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003039 tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tfa trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004627 thianthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003566 thiocarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- UPSPUYADGBWSHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N tolmetin Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(CC(O)=O)N1C UPSPUYADGBWSHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001017 tolmetin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940074410 trehalose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005294 triamcinolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GFNANZIMVAIWHM-OBYCQNJPSA-N triamcinolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@@]3(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@]([C@H](O)C4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 GFNANZIMVAIWHM-OBYCQNJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910021642 ultra pure water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012498 ultrapure water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002525 ultrasonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007502 viral entry Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006514 viral protein processing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029302 virus maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001835 viscera Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960000523 zalcitabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc stearate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
- A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
- A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
- A61K31/7076—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines containing purines, e.g. adenosine, adenylic acid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H1/00—Processes for the preparation of sugar derivatives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
- C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
- C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
- C07H19/16—Purine radicals
Definitions
- the disclosed invention is generally in the field of antiviral compounds and methods of making and use thereof.
- RNA viruses such as SARS-CoV in 2003, HINT influenza virus in 2009, Ebola virus in 2014, Zika virus in 2016 and SARS-CoV2 since 2019.
- pandemics caused by viruses including RNA viruses, will be inevitable and frequent.
- RNA viruses there are no effective treatments for most infections caused by RNA viruses, especially at the early stage(s) of the outbreaks. Curbing disease development at this stage can drastically influence spread dynamics and thus benefit the general public.
- Remdesivir is a prodrug of an adenosine nucleotide analogue that inhibits viral RNA chain elongation by its 1 ’-cyano bulky group.
- Remdesivir is a non-obligate chain terminator, which allows the viral RNA-dependent RNA polymerase to incorporate three more nucleotides before stalling (Kokic et al. (2021) Nat Commun 72(1 ):279; and Lo et al. (2017) Sei Rep 7:43395).
- Remdesivir is applied to patients through intravenous injection.
- Molnupiravir is an oral prodrug of N4-hydroxycytidine (NHC) which induces mutations during viral replication by mismatch-pairing with adenine, resulting in loss-of-function mutations for the viral proteins through accumulated changes (Sheahan et al. (2020) Sei Transl Med 72(541).
- Paxlovid copackaged oral medication of nirmatrelvir/ritonavir is a protease inhibitor that blocks viral protein processing and maturation (Yang et al. (2022) J Med Chem 65(13) : 8686- 8698).
- the 2’, 3 ’-dideoxynucleosides such as Zalcitabine (2’,3’-dideoxycytidine, ddC), Lamivudine (2’,3’-dideoxy-3’thiacytidine, 3TC), Didanosine (2’3’- dideoxyinosine, ddl) and Zidovudine (3 ’-azidothymidine, AZT) are examples of reverse-transcriptase inhibitors (RTIs) widely used for antiretroviral therapies (Holec et al. (2017) Curr HIV Res 75(6):411-421). These dideoxynucleosides are obligate chain terminators that block D A chain elongation during retroviral replication.
- RTIs reverse-transcriptase inhibitors
- the compounds disclosed herein contain a 3 ’-ketoribose, a lower alkyl (i.e., Ci-Ce alkyl) attached to the 2’ -position of the 3 ’-ketoribose, a nucleobase or analogue thereof attached to the T -position of the 3'-ketoribose via a glycosidic bond, and a prodrug side chain attached to the 5 ’-oxygen of the 3 ’-ketoribose.
- a 3 ’-ketoribose a lower alkyl (i.e., Ci-Ce alkyl) attached to the 2’ -position of the 3 ’-ketoribose
- a nucleobase or analogue thereof attached to the T -position of the 3'-ketoribose via a glycosidic bond
- a prodrug side chain attached to the 5 ’-oxygen of the 3 ’-ketoribose.
- the overall structure of the compounds provides stability, viral RNA chain elongation inhibitory property, and hydrogen bond acceptor for recognition by various enzymes for these compounds.
- the compound has ex vivo: (a) a half effective concentration EC50 of 20uM or less as measured by hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis relative to 100% inhibition of HCV by 1.0 pM danoprevir; and/or (b) a half cytotoxicity concentration CC50 of 500 pM or greater as measured by Cell Counting Kit-8 (CCK8) live cell counting assay in 100% fresh media.
- HCV hepatitis C
- CCK8 Cell Counting Kit-8
- the compound disclosed herein can have the structure of Formula I:
- R1 can be a prodrug side chain
- R2 can be a nucleobase or an analogue thereof
- R3 can be a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl
- the compound can have the structure of Formula II:
- R1 can be hydrogen, a carbonyl (e.g., an ester or a thioester), a phosphonyl (e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate), a thiophosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
- a carbonyl e.g., an ester or a thioester
- a phosphonyl e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate
- a thiophosphonyl e.g., a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
- R2 can be adenine, cytidine, guanine, uridine, thymidine, pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 6-methyl-adenine, 5-methylcytidine, 7- deazaadenine, 7-deazaguanine, 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadenine, 5-fluorourdine, 5- bromouridine, 5-N-hydroxycytidine, or N4-hydroxycytidine.
- R2 can be adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uridine, pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 7- deazaadenine, 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadeonine, or 7-deazaguanine.
- R2 can be adenine or an adenine analogue.
- R2 can be adenine, 4-aza-7,9- dideazaadenine, or 7-deazaadenine.
- a carbon atom or nitrogen atom of the pyrimidine or purine moiety of R2 forms a C-C or N-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is attached.
- the compound has the structure of:
- compositions suitable for the delivery of the compounds and their preparation are disclosed.
- the pharmaceutical formulation contains one or more of the compounds and a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- the compounds in the pharmaceutical formulations are in an effective amount for preventing or treating a viral infection in a subject in need thereof.
- the pharmaceutical formulation may further contain one or more additional active agents, such as one or more additional antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
- Methods of making the compounds disclosed herein include (i) oxidizing a riboside to form a raw product comprising the compound; and (ii) purifying the raw product to produce a purified product, wherein the compound in the purified product has a purity suitable for use in food or medicine.
- the purity of the compound in the purified product is at least about 50% as determined by high performance liquid chromatography.
- the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of Formula la to form the compound of Formula I:
- R1 is a prodrug side chain
- R2 is a nucleobase or analogue thereof
- R3 is a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl
- the oxidation reaction in step (i) can be performed using any suitable reactions known in the art, such as Dess-Martin oxidation.
- the purification in step (ii) can be performed using any suitable purification technique known in the art, such as reverse phase chromatographic separation or vacuum concentration, or a combination thereof.
- the compounds are administered to a cell, to prevent or treat a viral infection in the cell.
- the cell can be in vitro or in vivo, for example, in a subject in need thereof.
- the cell is typically a cell of a mammal, such as a human.
- the cell is infected by an RNA virus, such as a virus of Flaviviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Filoviridae, Coronaviridae, or Paramyxoviridae family.
- the treatment effect can be indicated by the improvement or relief of one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection.
- the treatment effect can be indicated by the improvement or relief of one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection in a subject that is infected by an RNA virus.
- the pharmaceutical formulation can be administered by oral administration, parenteral administration (such as by intravenous injection or infusion), inhalation, mucosal administration, topical or a combination thereof.
- the administration step can occur one or more times.
- an effective amount of the compounds is administered for a given end use, such as to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection.
- the disclosed method further includes administering one or more additional active agent, such as one or more antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents, to the subject prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the administration of the compounds.
- Figure 1 shows a representative mass spectrometry spectrum of 2’-methyl-3’- ketoriboadenosine.
- Figures 2A-2D are graphs showing hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis and % cell viability in the presence of Remdesivir (FIG. 2A), N4-hydroxy cytidine (FIG. 2B), 3 ’-deoxy cytidine (FIG. 2C), and 2’ -methyl-3’ -ketoriboadenosine (FIG. 2D).
- HCV hepatitis C
- “Substituted,” as used herein, refers to all permissible substituents of the compounds or functional groups described herein.
- the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds.
- Illustrative substituents include, but are not limited to, halogens, hydroxyl groups, or any other organic groupings containing any number of carbon atoms, preferably 1-14 carbon atoms, and optionally include one or more heteroatoms such as oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen grouping in linear, branched, or cyclic structural formats.
- substituents include a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a halogen, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phenoxy, an aroxy, a silyl, a thiol, an alkylthio, a substituted alkylthio, a phenylthio, an arylthio, a cyano, an isocyano, a nitro,
- Heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. It is understood that “substitution” or “substituted” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, i.e. , a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
- Alkyl refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl, and cycloalkyl (alicyclic). In some forms, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chains, C3-C30 for branched chains), 20 or fewer, 15 or fewer, or 10 or fewer.
- Alkyl includes methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, /-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl and the like.
- a cycloalkyl is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms, such as a nonaromatic monocyclic or nonaromatic polycyclic ring containing 3-30 carbon atoms, 3-20 carbon atoms, or 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure.
- Cycloalkyls containing a polycyclic ring system can have two or more non-aromatic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (i.e., “fused cycloalkyl rings”).
- cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctanyl, etc.
- “Substituted alkyl” refers to alkyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen (such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine), hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), aryl, alkoxyl, aralkyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphonyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, a phosphinate, amino, amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, oxo, sulfhydryl, thiol, alkylthio, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulf
- R and R’ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl, and wherein the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized; -SR, wherein R is a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl a hydrogen, an alkyl, or an aryl; -CN; -NO2; -COOH; carboxylate; -COR, -COOR, or -C0N(R)2, wherein R is hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl; imino, silyl, ether, haloalkyl (such as -CF3, -CH2-CF3, -CCh); -CN; -NCOCOCH2CH2; -NCOCOCHCH; and -NCS; and combinations thereof.
- -SR wherein R is a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl a hydrogen, an alkyl, or an aryl
- -CN -NO2;
- the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate.
- the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include halogen, hydroxy, nitro, thiols, amino, aralkyl, azido, imino, amido, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), oxo, sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), haloalkyls, -CN and the like. Cycloalkyls can be substituted in the same manner.
- lower alkyl as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure. Likewise, “lower alkenyl” and “lower alkynyl” have similar chain lengths.
- Heteroalkyl refers to straight or branched chain, or cyclic carbon-containing alkyl radicals, or combinations thereof, containing at least one heteroatom on the carbon backbone. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized.
- heterocycloalkyl group is a cycloalkyl group as defined above where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is substituted with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur, or phosphorus.
- alkenyl as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms and structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Alkenyl groups include straight-chain alkenyl groups, branched-chain alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl.
- a cycloalkenyl is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as a nonaromatic monocyclic or nonaromatic polycyclic ring containing 3-30 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond, 3-20 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond, or 3-10 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond in their ring structure, and have 5, 6 or 7 carbons and at least one carbon-carbon double bond in the ring structure.
- Cycloalkenyls containing a polycyclic ring system can have two or more non-aromatic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (i.e., “fused cycloalkenyl rings”) and contain at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
- alkenyl as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkenyls” and “substituted alkenyls,” the latter of which refers to alkenyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
- alkenyl also includes “heteroalkenyl.”
- substituted alkenyl refers to alkenyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g.
- Heteroalkenyl refers to straight or branched chain, or cyclic carbon-containing alkenyl radicals, or combinations thereof, containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized.
- heterocycloalkenyl group is a cycloalkenyl group where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is substituted with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur, or phosphorus.
- alkynyl group is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms and a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
- Alkynyl groups include straight-chain alkynyl groups, branched-chain alkynyl, and cycloalkynyl.
- a cycloalkynyl is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, such as a nonaromatic monocyclic or nonaromatic polycyclic ring containing 3-30 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, 3-20 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, or 3-10 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond in their ring structure, and have 5, 6 or 7 carbons and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond in the ring structure.
- Cycloalkynyls containing a polycyclic ring system can have two or more non-aromatic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (i.e., “fused cycloalkynyl rings”) and contain at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
- alkynyl as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both “unsubstituted alkynyls” and “substituted alkynyls,” the latter of which refers to alkynyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
- alkynyl also includes “heteroalkynyl.”
- substituted alkynyl refers to alkynyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g.
- Heteroalkynyl refers to straight or branched chain, or cyclic carbon-containing alkynyl radicals, or combinations thereof, containing at least one heteroatom.
- heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized.
- heterocycloalkynyl group is a cycloalkynyl group where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is substituted with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur, or phosphorus.
- Aryl refers to C5-C26-membered aromatic or fused aromatic ring systems. Examples of aromatic groups are benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, chrysene, pyrene, corannulene, coronene, etc.
- substituted aryl refers to an aryl group, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more aromatic rings are substituted with one or more substituents including, but not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, carbonyl (such as a ketone, aldehyde, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (or quarternized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, imino, alkylthio, sulfate,
- Heterocycle and “heterocyclyl” are used interchangeably, and refer to a cyclic radical attached via a ring carbon or nitrogen atom of a non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic ring containing 3-30 ring atoms, 3-20 ring atoms, 3-10 ring atoms, or 5-6 ring atoms, where each ring contains carbon and one to four heteroatoms each selected from the group consisting of non-peroxide oxygen, sulfur, and N(Y) wherein Y is absent or is H, O, C1-C10 alkyl, phenyl or benzyl, and optionally containing 1-3 double bonds and optionally substituted with one or more substituents.
- Heterocyclyl are distinguished from heteroaryl by definition.
- Heterocycles can be a heterocycloalkyl, a heterocycloalkenyl, a heterocycloalkynyl, etc, such as piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-/?]tetrahydrofuran, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pyranyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 6H- 1,2,5-thiadiazinyl.
- Heterocyclic groups can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents as defined above for alkyl and aryl.
- heteroaryl refers to Cs-C v.-membered aromatic or fused aromatic ring systems, in which one or more carbon atoms on one or more aromatic ring structures have been substituted with a heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen. Examples of heteroaryl groups pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, tetrazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and the like.
- heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzo thiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-l,5,2-dithiazinyl, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, IH-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl
- substituted heteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more heteroaromatic rings are substituted with one or more substituents including, but not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, carbonyl (such as a ketone, aldehyde, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (or quarternized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, imino, alkylthio, sul
- substituents including
- polyaryl refers to a chemical moiety that includes two or more fused aryl groups. When two or more fused heteroaryl groups are involved, the chemical moiety can be referred to as a “polyheteroaryl.”
- substituted polyaryl refers to a polyaryl in which one or more of the aryls are substituted, with one or more substituents including, but not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (or quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfox
- cyclic ring or “cyclic group” refers to a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic ring (such as those formed from single or fused ring systems), such as a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, that have from three to 30 carbon atoms, as geometric constraints permit.
- substituted cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, and heterocyclyls are substituted as defined above for the alkyls, alkenyls, alkynyls, and heterocyclyls, respectively.
- aralkyl as used herein is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group having an alkyl, alkynyl, or alkenyl group as defined above attached to the aromatic group, such as an aryl, a heteroaryl, a polyaryl, or a polyheteroaryl.
- An example of an aralkyl group is a benzyl group.
- alkoxyl or “alkoxy,” “aroxy” or “aryloxy,” generally describe compounds represented by the formula -OR V , wherein R v includes, but is not limited to, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, a substituted
- alkoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
- a “lower alkoxy” group is an alkoxy group containing from one to six carbon atoms.
- An “ether” is two functional groups covalently linked by an oxygen as defined below.
- the substituent of an alkyl that renders that alkyl an ether is or resembles an alkoxyl, such as can be represented by one of -O-alkyl, -O-alkenyl, -O-alkynyl, -O-arakyl, -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -O-polyaryl, -O-polyheteroaryl, -O-heterocyclyl, etc.
- substituted alkoxy refers to an alkoxy group having one or more substituents replacing one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more carbons of the alkoxy backbone.
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g.
- ether as used herein is represented by the formula A 2 OA 1 , where A 2 and A 1 can be, independently, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl, a thiol, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, an alkoxy, an amido, or an amino, described above.
- polyether as used herein is represented by the formula: where A 3 can be, independently, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, an alkoxy, an amido, or an amino, described above; g can be a positive integer from 1 to 30.
- phenoxy is art recognized and refers to a compound of the formula -OR V wherein R v is CeHs (i.e., -O-G.Hs).
- R v is CeHs (i.e., -O-G.Hs).
- a phenoxy is a species of the aroxy genus.
- substituted phenoxy refers to a phenoxy group, as defined above, having one or more substituents replacing one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more carbons of the phenyl ring.
- substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphanyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g.
- aromatic radicals are represented by -O-aryl or -O-heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are as defined herein.
- substituted aroxy and “substituted aryloxy,” as used interchangeably herein, represent -O-aryl or -O-heteroaryl, having one or more substituents replacing one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more ring atoms of the aryl and heteroaryl, as defined herein.
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphanyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether
- R XI (tertiary amino), and R XI (quaternary amino), wherein, E is absent, or E is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, wherein independently of E, R x , R X1 , and R X11 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted
- R’ represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a
- quaternary amino also includes the groups where the nitrogen, R x , R X1 , and R xn with the N + to which they are attached complete a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
- amide or “amido” are used interchangeably, refer to both “unsubstituted amido” and “substituted amido” and are represented by the general formula: wherein, E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted poly aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, wherein independently of E, R and R’ each independently represent a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubsti
- R’ represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group,
- E when E is oxygen, a carbamate is formed. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1,2-diyl).
- Carbonyl is art-recognized and includes such moieties as can be represented by the general formula: wherein X is a bond, or represents an oxygen or a sulfur, and R represents a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g.
- E is absent, or E” is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl
- R represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted orunsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thio
- X is oxygen and R is defined as above, the moiety is also referred to as a carboxyl group.
- the formula represents a “carboxylic acid.”
- X is oxygen and R’ is hydrogen, the formula represents a “formate.”
- X is oxygen and R or R’ is not hydrogen, the formula represents an "ester.”
- the oxygen atom of the above formula is replaced by a sulfur atom, the formula represents a “thiocarbonyl” group.
- phosphanyl is represented by the formula wherein, E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, wherein independently of E, R V1 and RTM each independently represent a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioest
- E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane - 1,2-diyl).
- E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, wherein independently of E, R V1 , RTM, and R vni each independently represent a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alky
- R’ represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl, a thiol, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2) m -R’”, or R V1 , RTM, and R vm taken together with the P + atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure; R’” represents
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioest
- E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
- E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, oxygen, alkoxy, aroxy, or substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, wherein, independently of E, R V1 and RTM are independently a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or un
- R represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl, a thiol, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2) m -R’”, or R V1 and R v “ taken together with the P atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure; R”’ represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsub
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioest
- E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
- phosphoryl defines a phosphonyl in which E is absent, oxygen, alkoxy, aroxy, substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, as defined above, and independently of E, R V1 and RTM are independently hydroxyl, alkoxy, aroxy, substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, as defined above.
- E oxygen
- the phosphoryl cannot be attached to another chemical species, such as to form an oxygen-oxygen bond, or other unstable bonds, as understood by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- the substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g.
- E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1,4- phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
- thiophosphonyl is represented by the formula wherein E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, oxygen, alkoxy, aroxy, or substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, wherein, independently of E, R V1 and RTM are independently a hydrogen, a substituted or substituted
- R’ represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioest
- E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
- sulfinyl is represented by the formula wherein E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, wherein independently of E, R represents a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted
- R’ represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a silyl, a thiol, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2)m-R”’, or E and R taken together with the S atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure; R’” represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioest
- E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1,2-diyl, ethene- 1,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1,2-diyl).
- sulfonyl is represented by the formula wherein E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, wherein independently of E, R represents a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted
- R’ represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl,
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioest
- E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
- sulfonic acid refers to a sulfonyl, as defined above, wherein R is hydroxyl, and E is absent, or E is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioest
- E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1,4- phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
- sulfate refers to a sulfonyl, as defined above, wherein E is absent, oxygen, alkoxy, aroxy, substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, as defined above, and R is independently hydroxyl, alkoxy, aroxy, substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, as defined above.
- E oxygen
- the sulfate cannot be attached to another chemical species, such as to form an oxygen-oxygen bond, or other unstable bonds, as understood by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioest
- E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1,2-diyl, 1,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
- sulfonate refers to a sulfonyl, as defined above, wherein E is oxygen, alkoxy, aroxy, substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, as defined above, and R is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, -(CFEjm-
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioest
- E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
- sulfamoyl refers to a sulfonamide or sulfonamide represented by the formula wherein E is absent, or E is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, wherein independently of E, R and R’ each independently represent a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
- R’ represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycl
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioest
- E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1,2-diyl).
- silica group as used herein is represented by the formula -SiRR’R,” where R, R’, and R” can be, independently, a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g.
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxy], carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxy], carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester,
- thiol are used interchangeably and are represented by -SR, where R can be a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g.
- substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioest
- the disclosed compounds and substituent groups can, independently, possess two or more of the groups listed above.
- the compound or substituent group is a straight chain alkyl group
- one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can be substituted with a hydroxy] group, an alkoxy group, etc.
- a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (/. ⁇ ?., attached) to the second group.
- the ester group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group.
- the ester can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group.
- the nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group.
- a given range may be from about 25 °C to 30 °C, where the range also discloses temperatures that can be selected independently from about 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, and 30 °C, as well as any range between these numbers (for example, 26 to 28 °C), and any possible combination of ranges between these values.
- the disclosed compounds and substituent groups can, independently, possess two or more of the groups listed above.
- the compound or substituent group is a straight chain alkyl group
- one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, etc.
- a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (/. ⁇ ?., attached) to the second group.
- the ester group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group.
- the ester can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group.
- the nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group.
- Analogues of 3’ -ketoriboside (also referred to herein as “compounds”) having antiviral properties and optionally low toxicity have been developed. These compounds have broad antiviral properties.
- the compounds disclosed herein show ex vivo: (a) a half effective concentration EC50 of 20 uM or less as measured by hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis relative to 100% inhibition of HCV by 1.0 uM danoprevir; and/or (b) a half cytotoxicity concentration CC50 of 500 uM or greater as measured by Cell Counting Kit-8 (CCK8) live cell counting assay in 100% fresh media. Therefore, they should be suitable for use in the prophylaxis and/or treatment of multiple classes of viruses, such as for use as pan-anti RNA virus compounds for the treatment of RNA viral infection.
- the compounds disclosed herein contain a 3’-ketoribose, a lower alkyl (i.e., Ci- Ce alkyl) attached to the 2 ’-position of the 3’-ketoribose, a nucleobase or analogue thereof attached to the 1 ’-position of the 3'-ketoribose via a glycosidic bond, and a prodrug side chain attached to the 5 ’-oxygen of the 3'-ketoribose.
- the overall structure provides stability, viral RNA chain elongation inhibitory property, and hydrogen bond acceptor for recognition by various enzymes for these compounds (discussed below).
- the compounds disclosed herein are stable and can be stored in physiological solutions.
- the disclosed compounds are stored in IX PBS at 4 °C or -20 °C for up to two months without significant activity loss (i.e., the change of EC50 value against a cell line under the same test conditions is less than 10%).
- significant activity loss i.e., the change of EC50 value against a cell line under the same test conditions is less than 10%.
- the stability of the 3'-ketoribose can be attributed to the due in large part to a lower alkyl group at the 2’ position, such as a 2’- methyl group.
- the disclosed compounds can efficiently block viral RNA replication with little cytotoxicity to host cells.
- RNA chain elongation termination mechanism obligate chain termination via 3 ’-ketone in combination with host cell transport and kinase recognition via 2’ -hydroxyl and 3 ’-ketone.
- the compounds disclosed herein can serve as obligate RNA chain terminators as the 3’- ketone group will block formation of the 3’ to 5’ phosphodiester bond once incorporated into the elongating virus RNA chain.
- the disclosed compounds preserve the 3 ’-oxygen as a hydroxyl group, which can readily serve as a hydrogen bond acceptor for recognition by various enzymes, such as concentrative nucleoside transporters (CNTs) and nucleoside kinases, for example, adenosine kinase, inosine-guanosine kinase, and uridine-cytidine kinase. Meanwhile, no groups that can affect the enzymatic activities of polymerases and kinases are introduced.
- CNTs concentrative nucleoside transporters
- nucleoside kinases for example, adenosine kinase, inosine-guanosine kinase, and uridine-cytidine kinase.
- compositions and formulations containing the compounds or prodrugs of the compounds are also disclosed.
- the disclosed compounds can have the structure of Formula I’ : or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: (i) R1 can be a prodrug side chain; (ii) R2 can be a nucleobase or analogue thereof; and (iii) R3 can be a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl (including linear, branched, or cyclic alkyls, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl, isopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, tertbutyl), pentyl, hexyl, etc.).
- R1 can be a prodrug side chain
- R2 can be a nucleobase or analogue thereof
- R3 can be a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl (including linear, branched, or cyclic alkyls, such as methyl,
- the disclosed compounds can have the structure of Formula I: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Rl, R2, and R3 can be as defined above for Formula I’ .
- nucleobase or analogue thereof is attached to the 2'-alkyl-3'-ketoribose via a glycosidic bond; and the prodrug side chain (Rl) is attached to the 5’-oxygen of the 2'-alkyl-3’-ketoribose.
- the disclosed compounds can have the structure of Formula IF: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Rl and R2 can be as defined above for Formula I’.
- the disclosed compounds can have the structure of Formula II:
- nucleobase or analogue thereof is attached to the 2'-methyl-3'-ketoribose via a glycosidic bond; and the prodrug side chain (Rl) is attached to the 5’-oxygen of the 2'-methyl-3'-ketoribose.
- Rl is a prodrug side chain.
- prodrug side chain refers to a chemical functional group of a prodrug compound capable of being metabolized so as to convert the prodrug compound into a pharmacologically active metabolite.
- the Rl group of the compounds disclosed herein can be metabolized into a triphosphate, which is capable of being incorporated into an RNA chain.
- non-phosphorylated ribonucleosides e.g., a compound in which Rl is a hydrogen and thus a prodrug side chain
- a triphosphate form e.g., in which Rl is a triphosphate and thus the compound is converted into a pharmacologically active metabolite
- the disclosed compounds can act as a chain terminator and stop the virus from replicating because the compounds lack the 3 ’-hydroxyl needed for attachment of the next incoming ribonucleotide triphosphate.
- R 1 can be hydrogen, a carbonyl (e.g., an ester or a thioester), a phosphonyl (e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate), a thiophosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
- a carbonyl e.g., an ester or a thioester
- a phosphonyl e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate
- a thiophosphonyl e.g., a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
- the alkyl(s) can be a linear alkyl, a branched alkyl, or a cyclic alkyl (either monocyclic or polycyclic).
- cyclic alkyl and “cycloalkyl” are used interchangeably herein.
- Exemplary alkyl include a linear Ci-Cs alkyl, a branched C i-Cs alkyl, a cyclic C3-C8 alkyl, a linear Ci-Ce alkyl, a branched C4-C6 alkyl, a cyclic C3-C6 alkyl, a linear C1-C4 alkyl, a cyclic C4-C8 alkyl, a cyclic C3-C4 alkyl, such as a linear Ci-Cs, C1-C7, Ci-Ce, C1-C5, C1-C4, C1-C3, or C1-C2 alkyl group, a branched C 3 -C 8 , C3-C7, C 3 -C 6 , C3-C5, or C3-C4 alkyl group, or a cyclic C3-C8, C3-C7, C3-C6, C3-C5, or C3-C4 alkyl group.
- the alkenyl(s) can be a linear alkenyl, a branched alkenyl, or a cyclic alkenyl (either monocyclic or polycyclic).
- the terms “cyclic alkenyl” and “cycloalkenyl” are used interchangeably herein.
- Exemplary alkenyl include a linear C2-C8 alkenyl, a branched C4-C8 alkenyl, a cyclic Cr-Cs alkenyl, a linear C2-C6 alkenyl, a branched C4-C6 alkenyl, a cyclic C3-C6 alkenyl, a linear C2-C4 alkenyl, a cyclic C3-C4 alkenyl, a cyclic C4-C8 alkenyl, such as a linear C2-C8, C2-C7, C2-C6, C2-C5, C2-C4, C2-C3, C2 alkenyl group, a branched C3-C8, C3-C7, C 3 -C 6 , C3-C5, C3-C4 alkenyl group, or a cyclic C 3 -C 8 , C3-C7, C 3 -C 6 , C3-C5, C3-C4 alkenyl group.
- the cyclic alkenyl can be a monocyclic or polycyclic alkenyl, such as a C4-C8, C4-C7, C4-C6, or C4-C5 monocylcic or polycyclic alkenyl group.
- the alkynyl(s) can be a linear alkynyl, a branched alkynyl, or a cyclic alkynyl (either monocyclic or polycyclic).
- the terms “cyclic alkynyl” and “cycloalkynyl” are used interchangeably herein.
- Exemplary alkynyl include a linear C2-C8 alkynyl, a branched C4-C8 alkynyl, a cyclic C3-C8 alkynyl, a linear C2-C6 alkynyl, a branched C4-C6 alkynyl, a cyclic C3-C6 alkynyl, a linear C2-C4 alkynyl, a branched C4-C8 alkynyl, a cyclic C3-C4 alkynyl, such as a linear C2-C8, C2-C7, C2-C6, C2-C5, C2-C4, C2-C3, C2 alkynyl group, a branched C 3 -C 8 , C3-C7, C3-C6, C3-C5, C3-C4 alkynyl group, or a cyclic C 3 -C 8 , C3-C7, C 3 -C 6 , C3-
- the cyclic alkynyl can be a monocyclic or polycyclic alkynyl, such as a C4-C8, C4-C7, C4-C6, or C4-C5 monocyclic or polycyclic alkynyl group.
- any of the exemplary alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups can be heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, and heteroalkynyl, respectively.
- the substituents when present in any one of Formulae I’, I, II’, and II can be independently a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkyl (such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl, isopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, tertbutyl), pentyl, hexyl, and any of those described above for R 4 and R 5 ), a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkenyl (such as any of those described above for R 4 and R 5 ), a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkynyl (such as any of those described above for R 4 and R 5 ), a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl (such as an unsubstituted phenyl
- R1 can be hydrogen, 2-methyl- propinyl, or ProTide phosphoramidate (Mehellou et al., J. Med. Chem. 61:2211-2226 (2016)).
- R2 of Formulae I’, I, II’, and II can be adenine, cytidine, guanine, uridine, and thymidine, and analogues thereof.
- nucleobase analogues for R2 include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring analogues such as pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 6-methyl-adenine, and 5-methylcytidine, as well as synthetic analogues including, but not limited to, 7-deazaadenine, 7-deazaguanine, 4-aza-7,9- dideazaadenine, 5-fluorourdine, 5-bromouridine, 5-N-hydroxycytidine, N4- hydroxycytidine.
- R 2 is a C-N or C-C linked pyrimidine or purine nucleobase or analogue thereof selected from adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uridine, pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 7-deazaadenine, 7- deazaguanine. Additional examples of nucleobase analogues for R2 are described in, for example, Lucas, J. F., & Rius, M. J. C. (Eds.) (2019) Enzymatic and Chemical Synthesis of Nucleic Acid Derivatives, John Wiley & Sons; Yates et al.
- R2 can be adenine, cytidine, guanine, uridine, thymidine, pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 6-methyl-adenine, 5-methylcytidine, 7-deazaadenine, 7-deazaguanine, 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadenine, 5- fluorourdine, 5-bromouridine, 5-N-hydroxycytidine, or N4-hydroxycytidine.
- R2 can be adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uridine, pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 7-deazaadenine, 4-aza-7,9- dideazaadenine, or 7-deazaguanine.
- R2 of Formula I and Formula II can be adenine, 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadenine, or 7-deazaadenine.
- R2 of Formulae I’, I, II’, and II can be attached to the carbon atom of the 3’-ketoribose via a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom of the pyrimidine or purine moiety of R2 at any suitable position. Accordingly, the carbon or nitrogen atom of the pyrimidine or purine moiety of R2 forms a C-C or N-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is attached. In some forms, a carbon atom of the pyrimidine moiety of R2 forms a C-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is attached. In some forms, a carbon atom of the purine moiety of R2 forms a C-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is attached.
- a nitrogen atom of the pyrimidine moiety of R2 forms an N-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is attached.
- a nitrogen atom of the purine moiety of R2 forms an N-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is attached.
- the compound is a 2’ -methyl-3’ -ketoadenosine, wherein R 1 of Formulae II’ and II is a prodrug side chain (such as any one of those described above), and R 2 is adenine or an adenine analogue (such as 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadenine or 7- deazaadenine).
- the compound is a 2’ -methyl-3 ’-ketoadenosine compound of Formulae II’ and II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: (a) R 1 is 2-methyl-propionyl, and R 2 is adenine; (b) R 1 is 2-methyl-propionyl, and R 2 is 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadenine; (c) R 1 is hydrogen, and R 2 is 4-aza-7,9- dideazaadnine; (d) R 1 is methyl-propionyl, and R 2 is 7-deazaadenine; (e) R 1 is hydrogen, and R 2 is 7-deazaadenine; or (f) R 1 is hydrogen, and R 2 is adenine.
- the compound can have the structure of Formula III’ : or a pharmaceutical salt thereof.
- the compound can have the structure of Formula III:
- the compound of Formula III is also referred to herein as ISB-MKA or MKA.
- the compounds (such as the compounds of Formulae I’, II’, and III’) may contain one or more chiral centers or may otherwise be capable of existing as multiple stereoisomers. These may be pure (single) stereoisomers or mixtures of stereoisomers, such as enantiomers, diastereomers, and enantiomerically or diastereomerically enriched mixtures.
- the compounds may be capable of existing as geometric isomers. Accordingly, it is to be understood that the disclosed compounds include pure geometric isomers or mixtures of geometric isomers.
- the compounds may be neutral or may be one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, crystalline forms, non-crystalline forms, hydrates, or solvates, or a combination thereof. References to the compounds may refer to the neutral molecule, and/or those additional forms thereof collectively and individually from the context.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds include the acid addition and base salts thereof.
- Suitable acid addition salts of the compounds are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the acetate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulphate/sulphate, borate, camsylate, citrate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tartrate, tosylate and
- Suitable base salts of the compounds are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts. Examples include aluminum, arginine, benzathine, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diolamine, glycine, lysine, magnesium, meglumine, olamine, potassium, sodium, tromethamine and zinc salts.
- Hemisalts of acids and bases of the compounds may also be formed, for example, hemisulphate and hemicalcium salts.
- compositions also referred herein as “pharmaceutical formulations” including unit dosage forms suitable for the delivery of the conjugates (including their pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and their preparation are disclosed.
- suitable pharmaceutical formulations can be determined by the skilled artisan depending on the route of administration and the desired dosage (e.g., Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, (23rd ed., Academic Press, 2020). Formulations may influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release and rate of in vivo clearance of the administered compounds.
- the pharmaceutical formulation contains one or more of the compounds described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient/carrier.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” are used interchangeably herein to describe any ingredient in the formulation other than the compounds described herein, such as any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable excipients/carriers are molecular entities and compositions that do not produce adverse, allergic, or other untoward reactions when administered to an animal or a human, and are compatible with the compounds and any additional active agents.
- the pharmaceutical formulations can include an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described herein, their stereoisomers, and/or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts (together referred to as the “compounds”), for administration in a subject in need thereof, to prevent or treat a viral infection in a subject in need thereof. It is to be understood that combinations and/or mixtures of the compounds may be included in the pharmaceutical composition or formulation.
- the pharmaceutical composition or formulation can further contain one or more active agents in addition to the compounds, such as one or more additional antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
- any one or more of the compounds provided herein can be expressly included or expressly excluded from the pharmaceutical compositions, dosage units, and/or methods of use or treatment disclosed herein.
- the compounds can be administered orally.
- Oral administration may involve swallowing so that the conjugate enters the gastrointestinal tract, or buccal or sublingual administration may be employed by which the conjugate enters the bloodstream directly from the mouth.
- Formulations suitable for oral administration of the compounds disclosed herein include solid formulations such as tablets, capsules containing particulates, liquids, powders, lozenges (including liquid-filled lozenges), chews, multi- and nano-particulates, gels, solid solutions, liposomes, films, ovules, sprays and liquid formulations.
- the conjugates can be associated with a suitable carrier, such as particles or micelles, e.g. polymeric particles or micelles, lipid particles, and dendrimers.
- the compounds can be encapsulated in, covalently bond to, and/or complexed with the particles. These particles containing the conjugates can be used for increasing the solubility of the compounds disclosed herein.
- Examples of materials suitable for forming the particles (nanoparticles and/or microparticles) containing the disclosed compounds include, but are not limited to, poly(alkylene glycol) or a copolymer thereof, such as poly(ethylene glycol) (“PEG”) and copolymers thereof, phospholipids, and polyamidoamine (“PAMAM”) or derivatives thereof (e.g. hydroxyl PAMAM).
- PEG poly(ethylene glycol)
- PAMAM polyamidoamine
- These particles containing the disclosed compounds may be further formulated into tablets, capsules, powders, etc.
- Liquid formulations containing the disclosed compounds include suspensions, solutions, syrups and elixirs. Such formulations may be employed as fillers in soft or hard capsules and typically contain a carrier, for example, water, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methylcellulose or a suitable oil, and one or more emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents. Liquid formulations may also be prepared by the reconstitution of a solid, for example, from a sachet.
- the compounds may also be used in fast dissolving, fast-disintegrating dosage forms such as those described in Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents, 11 (6), 981-986, by Liang and Chen (2001).
- the compounds may make up from 1 weight % to 80 weight % of the dosage form or from 5 weight % to 60 weight % of the dosage form.
- tablets generally contain a disintegrant.
- disintegrants include sodium starch glycolate, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, lower alkyl-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, starch, pregelatinised starch and sodium alginate.
- the disintegrant will contain from 1 weight % to 25 weight %, preferably from 5 weight % to 20 weight % of the dosage form.
- Binders are generally used to impart cohesive qualities to a tablet formulation. Suitable binders include microcrystalline cellulose, gelatin, sugars, polyethylene glycol, natural and synthetic gums, polyvinylpyrrolidone, pregelatinised starch, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose. Tablets may also contain diluents, such as lactose (as, for example, the monohydrate, spray-dried monohydrate or anhydrous form), mannitol, xylitol, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starch and dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate.
- lactose as, for example, the monohydrate, spray-dried monohydrate or anhydrous form
- mannitol xylitol
- dextrose sucrose
- sorbitol microcrystalline cellulose
- starch dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate
- Tablets or capsules may also optionally contain surface active agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and polysorbate 80, and glidants such as silicon dioxide and talc.
- surface active agents such as sodium lauryl sulfate and polysorbate 80
- glidants such as silicon dioxide and talc.
- surface active agents may contain from 0.2 weight % to 5 weight % of the tablet, and glidants may contain from 0.2 weight % to 1 weight % of the tablet.
- Tablets or capsules also generally contain lubricants such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate, and mixtures of magnesium stearate with sodium lauryl sulphate.
- Lubricants generally contain from 0.25 weight % to 10 weight %, preferably from 0.5 weight % to 3 weight % of the tablet.
- glidants e.g. Talc or colloidal anhydrous silica at about 0.1 weight% to about 3 weight %), antioxidants, colorants, flavouring agents, preservatives and taste-masking agents.
- Exemplary tablets contain up to about 80% of one or more of the conjugates described herein, from about 10 weight % to about 90 weight % binder, from about 0 weight % to about 85 weight % diluent, from about 2 weight % to about 10 weight % disintegrant, and from about 0.25 weight % to about 10 weight % lubricant.
- Tablet or capsule blends may be compressed directly or by roller to form tablets. Tablet or capsule blends or portions of blends may alternatively be wet-, dry-, or melt-granulated, melt congealed, or extruded before tableting.
- the final formulation may contain one or more layers and may be coated or uncoated; it may even be encapsulated.
- Solid formulations of the compounds for oral administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
- Modified release formulations include delayed, sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted and programmed release formulations.
- the compounds can also be administered directly into the blood stream, into muscle, or into an internal organ.
- Suitable routes for such parenteral administration include intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, epidural, intracerebroventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, and subcutaneous delivery.
- Suitable means for parenteral administration include needle (including microneedle) injectors, needle-free injectors, and infusion techniques.
- Parenteral formulations containing the disclosed compounds are typically aqueous solutions which may contain excipients such as salts, carbohydrates and buffering agents (preferably at a pH of from 3 to 9), but, for some applications, they may be more suitably formulated as a sterile non-aqueous solution or as a dried form to be used in conjunction with a suitable vehicle such as sterile, pyrogen-free water.
- excipients such as salts, carbohydrates and buffering agents (preferably at a pH of from 3 to 9)
- a suitable vehicle such as sterile, pyrogen-free water.
- parenteral formulations under sterile conditions may readily be accomplished using standard pharmaceutical techniques well known to those skilled in the art.
- solubility of the compounds used in the preparation of a parenteral formulation may be increased by the use of appropriate formulation techniques, such as the incorporation of solubility-enhancing agents or the association of the conjugates with particles, such as those described above.
- formulations for parenteral administration of the compounds can contain a suitable carrier that can increase the solubility of the conjugates disclosed herein.
- the compounds disclosed herein can be encapsulated in, covalently bond to, or complexed with polymeric nanoparticles, microparticles, or micelles, such as nanoparticles, microparticles, or micelles formed by a poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), poly (lactic-co-gly colic acid)- poly(ethylene glycol), poly(lactic acid)-poly(ethylene oxide), poly(caprolactone)- poly (ethylene glycol), or a copolymer thereof.
- Formulations of the compounds for parenteral administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
- Modified release formulations include delayed, sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted and programmed release formulations.
- the compounds may be formulated as a solid, semi-solid, or thixotropic liquid for administration as an implanted depot providing modified release of the active agents.
- examples of such formulations include drug-coated stents and poly(dl-lactic-coglycolic)acid (PGLA) microspheres.
- the compounds can be formulated for pulmonary or mucosal administration.
- the administration can include delivery of the composition to the lungs, nasal, oral (sublingual, buccal), vaginal, or rectal mucosa.
- the compounds can also be administered intranasally or by oral inhalation, typically in the form of a dry powder (either alone, as a mixture, for example, in a dry blend with lactose, or as a mixed component particle, for example, mixed with phospholipids, such as phosphatidylcholine) from a dry powder inhaler or as an aerosol spray from a pressurized container, pump, spray, atomiser (preferably an atomiser using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist), or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant, such as water, ethanol-water mixture, 1 , 1 , 1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane.
- a suitable propellant such as water, ethanol-water mixture, 1 , 1 , 1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane.
- the powder may contain a bioadhesive agent, for example, chitosan or cyclodextrin.
- a bioadhesive agent for example, chitosan or cyclodextrin.
- aerosol refers to any preparation of a fine mist of particles, which can be in solution or a suspension, whether or not it is produced using a propellant. Aerosols can be produced using standard techniques, such as ultrasonication or high-pressure treatment.
- the pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer, or nebulizer contains a solution or suspension of one or more of the conjugates including, for example, ethanol, aqueous ethanol, or a suitable alternative agent for dispersing, solubilising, or extending release of the active, a propellant(s) as solvent and an optional surfactant, such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or an oligolactic acid.
- the compound Prior to use in a dry powder or suspension formulation, the compound is micronised to a size suitable for delivery by inhalation (typically less than 5 microns). This may be achieved by any appropriate comminuting method, such as spiral jet milling, fluid bed jet milling, supercritical fluid processing to form nanoparticles, high pressure homogenisation, or spray drying.
- Capsules made, for example, from gelatin or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose
- blisters and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of the conjugates described herein, a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch and a performance modifier such as 1 -leucine, mannitol, or magnesium stearate.
- the lactose may be anhydrous or in the form of a monohydrate, preferably the latter.
- Other suitable excipients include dextran, glucose, maltose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose, and trehalose.
- a suitable solution formulation containing the disclosed compounds for use in an atomizer using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist may contain from 1 pg to 20 mg of one or more of the conjugates described herein per actuation and the actuation volume may vary from 1 pl to 100 pl.
- a typical formulation may contain one or more of the compounds described herein, propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol and sodium chloride.
- Alternative solvents that may be used instead of propylene glycol include glycerol and polyethylene glycol.
- Suitable flavors, such as menthol and levomenthol, or sweeteners, such as saccharin or saccharin sodium, may be added to those formulations intended for inhaled/intranasal administration.
- Formulations for inhaled/intranasal administration of the compounds may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release using, for example, PGLA.
- Modified release formulations include delayed, sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted, and programmed release formulations.
- the dosage unit is determined by means of a valve which delivers a metered amount.
- Units in accordance with the conjugates are typically arranged to administer a metered dose or "puff".
- the overall daily dose will be administered in a single dose or, more usually, as divided doses throughout the day.
- the compounds described herein can be formulated for pulmonary delivery, such as intranasal administration or oral inhalation.
- Carriers for pulmonary formulations containing the compounds can be divided into those for dry powder formulations and for administration as solutions. Aerosols for the delivery of therapeutic agents to the respiratory tract are known in the art.
- the formulation can be formulated into an aqueous solution, e.g., water or isotonic saline, buffered or un-buffered, or as an aqueous suspension, for intranasal administration as drops or as a spray.
- aqueous solutions or suspensions may be isotonic relative to nasal secretions and of about the same pH, ranging e.g., from about pH 4.0 to about pH 7.4 or, from pH 6.0 to pH 7.0.
- Buffers should be physiologically compatible and include, simply by way of example, phosphate buffers.
- phosphate buffers One skilled in the art can readily determine a suitable saline content and pH for an innocuous aqueous solution for nasal and/or upper respiratory administration.
- the aqueous solution is water, physiologically acceptable aqueous solutions containing salts and/or buffers, such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS), or any other aqueous solution acceptable for administration to an animal or human.
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- Such solutions are well known to a person skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, distilled water, de-ionized water, pure or ultrapure water, saline, phosphate-buffered saline (PBS).
- Other suitable aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride.
- Aqueous suspensions may include suspending agents such as cellulose derivatives, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone and gum tragacanth, and a wetting agent such as lecithin.
- suspending agents such as cellulose derivatives, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone and gum tragacanth
- a wetting agent such as lecithin.
- Suitable preservatives for aqueous suspensions include ethyl and n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate.
- solvents that are low toxicity organic (i.e. nonaqueous) class 3 residual solvents such as ethanol, acetone, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, and propanol may be used for the formulations.
- the solvent is selected based on its ability to readily aerosolize the formulation.
- the solvent should not detrimentally react with the conjugates.
- An appropriate solvent should be used that dissolves the conjugates or forms a suspension of the conjugates.
- the solvent should be sufficiently volatile to enable formation of an aerosol of the solution or suspension. Additional solvents or aerosolizing agents, such as freons, can be added as desired to increase the volatility of the solution or suspension.
- the pharmaceutical compositions may contain minor amounts of polymers, surfactants, or other excipients well known to those of the art.
- “minor amounts” means no excipients are present that might affect or mediate uptake of the conjugates by cells and that the excipients that are present in amount that do not adversely affect uptake of conjugates by cells.
- the compounds described herein may be associated with particles, such as those described above.
- formulations for pulmonary or mucosal administration can contain a suitable carrier that can increase the solubility of the compounds disclosed herein.
- the compounds disclosed herein can be encapsulated in, covalently bond to, or complexed with polymeric nanoparticles, microparticles, or micelles, such as nanoparticles, microparticles, or micelles formed by a poly(alkylene glycol) or a copolymer thereof.
- Dry lipid powders can be directly dispersed in ethanol because of their hydrophobic character.
- organic solvents such as chloroform
- the desired quantity of solution is placed in a vial, and the chloroform is evaporated under a stream of nitrogen to form a dry thin film on the surface of a glass vial.
- the film swells easily when reconstituted with ethanol.
- the suspension is sonicated.
- Nonaqueous suspensions of lipids can also be prepared in absolute ethanol using a reusable PARI LC Jet+ nebulizer (PARI Respiratory Equipment, Monterey, CA).
- the compounds can be administered directly to the external surface of the skin or the mucous membranes (including the surface membranes of the nose, lungs and mouth), such that the compounds cross the external surface of the skin or mucous membrane and enters the underlying tissues.
- Formulations for topical administration of the disclosed compounds generally contain a dermatologically acceptable carrier that is suitable for application to the skin, has good aesthetic properties, is compatible with the active agents and any other components, and will not cause any untoward safety or toxicity concerns.
- the carrier can be in a wide variety of forms.
- emulsion carriers including, but not limited to, oil-in-water, water-in-oil, water-in-oil-in-water, and oil- in- water-in- silicone emulsions, are useful herein. These emulsions can cover a broad range of viscosities, e.g., from about 100 cps to about 200,000 cps. These emulsions can also be delivered in the form of sprays using either mechanical pump containers or pressurized aerosol containers using conventional propellants. These carriers can also be delivered in the form of a mousse or a transdermal patch.
- suitable topical carriers include anhydrous liquid solvents such as oils, alcohols, and silicones (e.g., mineral oil, ethanol isopropanol, dimethicone, cyclomethicone, and the like); aqueous-based single phase liquid solvents (e.g., hydro-alcoholic solvent systems, such as a mixture of ethanol and/or isopropanol and water); and thickened versions of these anhydrous and aqueous-based single phase solvents (e.g. where the viscosity of the solvent has been increased to form a solid or semi-solid by the addition of appropriate gums, resins, waxes, polymers, salts, and the like).
- anhydrous liquid solvents such as oils, alcohols, and silicones (e.g., mineral oil, ethanol isopropanol, dimethicone, cyclomethicone, and the like)
- aqueous-based single phase liquid solvents e.g., hydro-alcoholic solvent systems, such as a mixture of
- topical carrier systems useful in the present formulations are described in the following four references all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety: “Sun Products Formulary” Cosmetics & Toiletries, vol. 105, pp. 122-139 (December 1990); “Sun Products Formulary,” Cosmetics & Toiletries, vol. 102, pp. 117-136 (March 1987); U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,894 to Blank et al., and U.S. Pat. No. 5,681,852 to Bissett.
- Formulations for topical administration of the compounds may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release.
- Modified release formulations include delayed, sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted and programmed release formulations.
- the compounds may be formulated as a solid, semi-solid, or thixotropic liquid for administration as an implanted depot providing modified release of the active compound. Examples of such formulations include drug-coated stents and poly(dl-lactic-coglycolic)acid (PGLA) microspheres. 5. Additional Active Agent(s)
- the pharmaceutical composition or pharmaceutical formulation can include one or more additional active agents, such as one or more additional antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
- additional active agents such as one or more additional antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
- Antiviral and antiinflammatory agents that can be included in the pharmaceutical compositions or formulations are known, for example, see Erik De Clercq, Medmicro, Chapter 52 (2000); and the WebMD, “Anti-inflammatory Drugs,” web site webmd.com/arthritis/anti-inflammatory-drugs; Barnes, Nature, 402(6760): 31-38 (1999); and Rainsford, Inflammation in the pathogenesis of chronic diseases 3:27 (2007).
- antiviral drugs that can be included in the pharmaceutical composition or pharmaceutical formulation include, but are not limited to, chloroquine, darunavir, galidesivir, interferon beta, lopinavir, ritonavir, remdesivir, tribavirin, favipiravir, and triazavirin, and combinations thereof.
- anti-inflammatory drugs that can be included in the pharmaceutical composition or pharmaceutical formulation include, but are not limited to, ibuprofen, naproxen sodium, aspirin, naproxen sodium, diclofenac potassium, celecoxib, sulindac, oxaprozin, piroxicam, indomethacin, meloxicam, fenoprofen, naproxen, esomeprazole, diclofenac, diflunisal, etodolac, ketorolac tromethamine, katoprofen, meclofenamate, nabumetone, salsalate, tolmetin, and steroids, such as corticosteroids (e.g.
- hydrocortisone cortisone, ethamethasoneb, prednisone, prednisolone, triamcinolone, methylprednisolone, and dexamethasone
- mineralocorticoids e.g. fludrocortisone
- Effective amounts of the compounds contained in the pharmaceutical composition or pharmaceutical formulation depend on many factors, including the indication being treated, the route of administration, co-administration of other therapeutic compositions, and the overall condition of the patient. For example, depending on the route of administration, a suitable dose may be calculated according to body weight, body surface areas or organ size. Further refinement of the calculations necessary to determine the appropriate treatment dose is routinely made by those of ordinary skill in the art without undue experimentation, especially in light of the dosage information and assays as well as the pharmacokinetic data obtainable through animal or human clinical trials.
- the total amount of the one or more compounds in the pharmaceutical formulation can be from 0.001 mg to 1500 mg, from 0.01 mg to 1500 mg, from 0.1 mg to 1500 mg, from 1 mg to 1500 mg, from 10 mg to 1500 mg, from 20 mg to 1500 mg, from 0.01 mg to 1000 mg, from 0.1 mg to 1000 mg, from 1 mg to 1000 mg, from 10 mg to 1000 mg, from 20 mg to 1000 mg, from 0.01 mg to 700 mg, from 0.1 mg to 700 mg, from 1 mg to 700 mg, from 10 mg to 700 mg, from 20 mg to 700 mg, from 50 mg to 700 mg, from 0.01 mg to 500 mg, from 0.1 mg to 500 mg, from 1 mg to 500 mg, from 10 mg to 500 mg, from 20 mg to 500 mg, from 50 mg to 500 mg, from 0.01 mg to 100 mg, or from 0.1 mg to 100 mg.
- the total amount of the one or more compounds in the pharmaceutical formulation is in a range from 1 mg to 1000 mg.
- the total amount of the one or more compounds in a pill dosage form is from about 50 mg to about 400 mg, or from about 100 mg to about 300 mg (such as by considering the sheer volume restrictions on what a human can swallow).
- the total amount of the one or more compounds in an IV dosage form is from about 10 mg to about 500 mg (e.g., provided by reconstitution of 10-500 mg of the compounds in solid form in sterile water or saline).
- the total amount of the one or more compounds in the pharmaceutical formulation can be at least 0.01 wt%, at least 0.05 wt%, at least 0.1 wt%, in a range from about 0.01 wt% to about 50 wt%, from about 0.05 wt% to about 50 wt%, from about 0.
- the total amount of the one or more compounds in the pharmaceutical formulation is effective to prevent or treat a viral infection in a subject in need thereof, such as to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with an RNA viral infection.
- the compounds described herein can be synthesized using methods known in the art of organic chemical synthesis.
- the method of producing the compound includes: (i) oxidizing a riboside to form a raw product comprising the compound; and (ii) purifying the raw product to produce a purified product.
- the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of Formula I’ a: or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, wherein: (i) R1 can be a prodrug side chain, such as any of those described above; (ii) R2 can be a nucleobase or analogue thereof, such as any of those described above for Formulae F, I, II’, and II; and (hi) R3 can be a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl.
- the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of
- R1 can be a prodrug side chain, such as any of those described above;
- R2 can be a nucleobase or analogue thereof, such as any of those described above for Formulae I’, I, II’, and II; and
- R3 can be a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl.
- the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of
- Formula II’ a: or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, wherein: (i) R1 can be a prodrug side chain, such as any of those described above; and (ii) R2 can be a nucleobase or analogue thereof, such as any of those described above for Formulae F, I, IF, and II.
- the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of Formula Ila:
- R1 can be a prodrug side chain, such as any of those described above; and (ii) R2 can be a nucleobase or analogue thereof, such as any of those described above for Formulae F, I, IF, and II.
- the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of Formula III’ a: or a pharmaceutical salt thereof. In some forms, the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of
- Formula Illa or a pharmaceutical salt thereof.
- the riboside being oxidized in step (i) may contain one or more chiral centers or may otherwise be capable of existing as multiple stereoisomers. These may be pure (single) stereoisomers or mixtures of stereoisomers, such as enantiomers, diastereomers, and enantiomerically or diastereomerically enriched mixtures.
- the riboside may be capable of existing as geometric isomers. Accordingly, it is to be understood that the riboside being oxidized in step (i) include pure geometric isomers or mixtures of geometric isomers.
- the oxidation reaction in step (i) for converting secondary alcohols to ketones can be performed using reactions known in the art.
- reactions suitable for oxidizing the riboside in step (i) include, but are not limited to, Corey-Kim Oxidation, Dess-Martin Oxidation, Oppenauer Oxidation, and Swern Oxidation.
- selective and mild oxidation conditions are preferably used to convert the 3 ’-hydroxyl group to the 3 ’-ketone or aldehyde for nucleosides in step (i), such as by using Dess-Martin Oxidation.
- the Des-Martin Oxidation is selective, relatively mild, and readily performed in a solvent such as dichloromethane, chloroform, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, or various combinations (e.g., 12-1-5 -periodinane (i.e., Dess-Martin Periodinane or DMP), DMSO/DCC, CrO 3 /pyridine/Ac 2 O, DMSO/oxalyl chloride, and DMSO/Ac 2 O reagents).
- a solvent such as dichloromethane, chloroform, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, or various combinations (e.g., 12-1-5 -periodinane (i.e., Dess-Martin Periodinane or DMP), DMSO/DCC, CrO 3 /pyridine/Ac 2 O, DMSO/oxalyl chloride, and DMSO/Ac 2 O reagents).
- the Dess-Martin Oxidation reaction can be carried out at room temperature, and is usually complete within minutes to hours such as overnight, and the raw product can be easily separated from the iodo-compound byproduct after basic work-up (see, e.g. , Robins et al. (1997) Tetrahedron 53(2):447-456; https://www.organic-chemistry.org/namedreactions/dess-martin-oxidation.shtm; Dess et al. (1983) J. Org. Chem. 48 (22): 4155-4156; and Meyer et al. (1994) J. Org. Chem. 59 (24): 7549-7552).
- the raw product produced in step (i) is purified in step (ii) to produce a purified product that contains the disclosed compounds.
- the purification in step (ii) can be performed using methods known in the art, such as by using reverse phase chromatographic separation and/or vacuum concentration.
- purification in step (ii) is performed by using reverse phase chromatographic separation to isolate the target fraction(s) and optionally vacuum concentration of the target fraction(s).
- salt removal or exchange can be carried out in step (ii) if needed by standard techniques.
- the concentrates produced by vacuum concentration can be further worked up by, for example, dissolving in phosphate buffered saline (PBS), DMSO, or other solvates for testing or additional processing.
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- DMSO DMSO
- the compound in the purified product has a purity suitable for a given end use, for example, technical or laboratory grade for general research settings up to a grade that meets or exceeds pharmaceutical grade (e.g., United States Pharmacopeia (USP) grade) for food or medicinal use.
- purity reflects the presence of the desired species (i.e., the compounds disclosed herein) and the presence of byproducts, residual chemicals, or macromolecule contaminants that occur during production and purification processes.
- the purity of the compound in the purified product is at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99%).
- Methods for determining the purity of the compound in the purified product are known, such as analytical test (for example High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), sensitive colorimetric assays and the like) and biology assays (for example assay with enzymatic or cell based assays to complement analytical tests).
- HPLC High Performance Liquid Chromatography
- MS mass spectrometry
- RP Reverse Phase
- HPLC Reverse Phase
- LIT-MS linear ion trap mass spectrometry
- the purity of the compound in the purified product is at least about 50% as determined by high performance liquid chromatography .
- the purified product obtained in step (ii) can be stored or formulated in various formats and dosage forms, including, but not limited to, as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
- concentration and activity of the compounds in the purified product can be determined by standard techniques. For example, functional performance of the compounds in the purified product can be assessed for a biological activity, and usually a minimum activity.
- the exemplary 2’-methyl-3’- ketoadenosine compound MKA reconstituted in PBS solution at a concentration of lOOmM and purity of about 50% or greater exhibits ex vivo: (a) half effective concentration EC50 of 20uM or less as measured by hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis relative to 100% inhibition of HCV by 1.0 uM danoprevir; and/or (b) half cytotoxicity concentration CC50 of 500 uM or greater as measured by Cell Counting Kit-8 (CCK8) live cell counting assay in 100% fresh media.
- HCV hepatitis C
- CCK8 half cytotoxicity concentration
- the compounds described herein have antiviral properties. It is believed that these compounds can terminate elongation of nucleic acid chains, and thus can be potent virus chain elongation inhibitors, such as potent RNA virus chain elongation inhibitors. For example, the compounds exhibit activity against RNA-dependent RNA polymerase of the RNA virus (viral RdRp) and terminates viral RdRp-mediated RNA chain elongation. Accordingly, the compounds disclosed herein are particularly suitable for use in preventing or treating a variety of viral infections, in particular infections caused by RNA virus. For example, the compounds disclosed herein are used for preventing or treating a viral infection in a cell, where the cell can be in vitro or in vivo (such as in a human in need thereof).
- Treatment refers to the medical management of a target, such as a cell or a patient, with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
- This term includes active treatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and also includes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
- this term includes palliative treatment, that is, treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing of the disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventative treatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially or completely inhibiting the development of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment, that is, treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directed toward the improvement of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
- the method for preventing or treating a viral infection in a cell includes administering to the cell one or more the disclosed compounds or a pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the compounds disclosed herein.
- the cell can be in vitro or in vivo.
- the method disclosed herein is for preventing or treating a viral infection in a cell in vitro, which includes administering to the cell one or more the disclosed compounds or a pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the compounds disclosed herein.
- the method disclosed herein is for preventing or treating a viral infection in a subject in need thereof (i.e., treating cells in vivo, where the cells are in the subject, such as a human or other mammal), which includes administering to the subject a pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the compounds disclosed herein.
- the administration step of the disclosed method can occur one or more times. Typically, following a single administration or all of the administrations of the compound or pharmaceutical formulation, an effective amount of the compound is administered to the cell (in vitro or in vivo) for a given end use, such as to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection.
- an effective amount of the compound to prevent or treat a viral infection in a cell in vitro is administered to the cell.
- an effective amount of the compound to prevent or treat a viral infection in a subject in need thereof i.e., treating cells in vivo
- an effective amount of the compound to prevent or treat a viral infection in a subject in need thereof i.e., treating cells in vivo
- the improvement and/or relief of one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection in the subject is administered to the subject.
- the disclosed method further includes administering one or more additional active agents to the cell or subject, such as one or more antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
- Administration of the additional active agents may be performed prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the administration or each administration of the compounds or pharmaceutical formulation containing the disclosed compounds.
- the cell being treated using the disclosed method can be a cell of a mammal, such as a human, a dog, a cat, a rat, a monkey, rabbits, guinea pigs, etc., that is in need of treatment.
- the cell or subject being treated using the disclosed method is infected by an RNA virus.
- the RNA virus infecting the subject can be a virus of a variety of families, such as Flaviviridae (e.g., hepatitis), Orthomyxoviridae (e.g., influenza), Filoviridae (e.g., Ebola), Coronaviridae (e.g., SARs), and Paramyxoviridae (e.g., parainfluenza).
- Flaviviridae e.g., hepatitis
- Orthomyxoviridae e.g., influenza
- Filoviridae e.g., Ebola
- Coronaviridae e.g., SARs
- Paramyxoviridae e.g., parainfluenza
- the pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the disclosed compounds can be administered to the subject by oral administration, parenteral administration (such as intramuscular administration, intravenous administration, intraperitoneal administration, or subcutaneous administration, or a combination thereof, e.g., intravenous injection or infusion), inhalation, mucosal administration (through mouth or nasal), or topical administration, or a combination thereof.
- parenteral administration such as intramuscular administration, intravenous administration, intraperitoneal administration, or subcutaneous administration, or a combination thereof, e.g., intravenous injection or infusion
- inhalation through mouth or nasal
- mucosal administration through mouth or nasal
- topical administration or a combination thereof.
- the pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the disclosed compounds can be orally administered to a subject by a medical professional or the subject being treated (e.g., self-administration).
- the pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the disclosed compounds can be administered as tablets, capsules containing particulates, granules, powders, lozenges (including liquid-filled lozenges), chews, multi- and nano-particulates, gels, or liquids (e.g., solution or suspensions in aqueous or non-aqueous solvent).
- the pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the disclosed compounds can be administered to the subject by intravenous injection or intraperitoneal injection.
- the intravenous injection or intraperitoneal injection can be performed by a medical professional or the subject being treated (e.g., self-injection).
- the method only requires a single administration step.
- the method involves at least two steps of administering the pharmaceutical formulation, and optionally more than two steps of administering the pharmaceutical formulation to the subject until an effective amount of the compounds is administered to the subject to prevent or treat the viral infection, as indicated by the improvement and/or relief of one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection in the subject.
- each administration step may involve administering the same dosage or different dosages of the pharmaceutical formulation to the patient; and the administration step may be repeated one or more times for a period of time.
- the administration step is repeated once, twice, or three times, per day, for a time period of one day, three days, one week, two weeks, or one month.
- the administration step is repeated every 4 hours, every 6 hours, every 12 hours, or every day, optionally for a time period from 1 day to 1 month, from 1 day to 2 weeks, from 1 day to 1 week, or from 1 day to 3 days.
- treatment regimens utilizing the compounds include administration of from about 0.1 mg to about 300 mg of the compounds per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day, achieved in multiple doses or in a single dose.
- a suitable dose of the compounds may be in the range of 0.05 to 300 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 0.05 to 200 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 0.05 to 100 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 0.1 to 300 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 0.1 to 200 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 0.1 to 100 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 1 to 150 mg per kilogram body weight, 1 to 100 mg per kilogram body weight, 2 to 100 mg per kilogram body weight, 2 to 50 mg per kilogram body weight, 2 to 25 mg per kilogram body weight, 5 to 100 mg per kilogram body weight, 5 to 80 mg per kilogram body weight, 5 to 50 mg per kilogram body weight, 5 to 30 mg per kilogram body weight, 0.5 to 50 mg per kilogram body weight, or 5 to 20 mg per kilogram body weight, such as about 10 mg per kilogram body weight.
- Such a dose of compounds may be administered one time or multiple times in a day to achieve a suitable treatment regimen, such as from about 0.1 mg to about 300 mg of the conjugates per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day.
- the dosage of the compounds in the pharmaceutical formulation in step (i) is from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, from about 0.5 mg to about 50 mg, from about 1 mg to about 100 mg, from about 0.1 mg to about 50 mg, from about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg, from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg, from about 2 mg to about 100 mg, from about 2 mg to about 50 mg, from about 2 mg to about 25 mg, or from about 5 mg to about 20 mg per kg of the subject.
- R1 is a prodrug side chain
- R2 is a nucleobase or an analogue thereof
- R3 is a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl
- Paragraph 3 The compound of paragraph 1 or paragraph 2, wherein R1 is hydrogen, a carbonyl (e.g., an ester or a thioester), a phosphonyl (e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate), a thiophosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
- R1 is hydrogen, a carbonyl (e.g., an ester or a thioester), a phosphonyl (e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate), a thiophosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
- R1 is hydrogen, - wherein each R 4 or R 5 is independently H, an unsubstituted (C1-C8) alkyl, a substituted (C1-C8) alkyl, an unsubstituted (C2-C8) alkenyl, a substituted (C2-C8) alkenyl, an unsubstituted (C2-C8) alkynyl, or a substituted (C2-C8) alkynyl, and wherein each substituent (when present) is independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted
- Paragraph 5 The compound of any one of paragraphs 1-4, wherein R1 is hydrogen, 2-methyl-propinyl, or ProTide phosphoramidate.
- Paragraph 6 The compound of any one of paragraphs 1-5, wherein R2 is adenine or an adenine analogue.
- Paragraph 7 The compound of any one of paragraphs 1-6, wherein the compound has the structure of:
- Paragraph 8 The compound of any one of paragraphs 1-7, wherein the compound has ex vivo: (a) a half effective concentration EC50 of 20uM or less as measured by hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis relative to 100% inhibition of HCV by 1.0 pM danoprevir; and/or (b) a half cytotoxicity concentration CC50 of 500 pM or greater as measured by Cell Counting Kit-8 (CCK8) live cell counting assay in 100% fresh media.
- HCV hepatitis C
- CCK8 Cell Counting Kit-8
- Paragraph 10 The pharmaceutical formulation of paragraph 9, wherein the pharmaceutical formulation further comprises one or more active agents, and optionally wherein the one or more active agents are one or more antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
- a method of producing a 2’ -alky 1-3’ -ketoribose comprising:
- R1 is a prodrug side chain
- R2 is a nucleobase or analogue thereof
- R3 is a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl
- Paragraph 12 The method of paragraph 1 1 , wherein the riboside being oxidized in step (i) has the structure of:
- R1 is hydrogen, a carbonyl (e.g., an ester or a thioester), a phosphonyl (e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate), a thiophosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
- a carbonyl e.g., an ester or a thioester
- a phosphonyl e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate
- a thiophosphonyl e.g., a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
- Paragraph 14 The method of any one of paragraphs 11-13, wherein R1 is hydrogen, 2-methyl-propinyl, or ProTide phosphoramidate.
- Paragraph 15 The method of any one of paragraphs 11-14, wherein R2 is adenine or an adenine analogue.
- Paragraph 16 The method of any one of paragraphs 11-15, wherein the riboside being oxidized in step (i) has the structure of:
- Paragraph 17 The method of any one of paragraphs 11-16, wherein the purity of the compound in the purified product is at least about 50% as determined by high performance liquid chromatography.
- Paragraph 18 The method of any one of paragraphs 11-17, wherein the oxidation reaction of step (i) is performed using Dess-Martin oxidation.
- Paragraph 19 The method of any one of paragraphs 11-18, wherein the purification of step (ii) is performed using reverse phase chromatographic separation or vacuum concentration, or a combination thereof.
- Paragraph 20 A method for preventing or treating a viral infection in a cell in need thereof comprising
- step (i) administering to the cell one or more of the compounds of any one of paragraphs 1-8 or the pharmaceutical formulation of paragraph 9 or 10, wherein step (i) occurs one or more times.
- Paragraph 21 The method of paragraph 20, wherein the cell is infected by an RNA virus.
- Paragraph 22 The method of paragraph 21 , wherein the cell is in a subject infected by the RNA virus.
- Paragraph 23 The method of paragraph 21 or 22, wherein the RNA virus is of a family selected from the group consisting of Flaviviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Filoviridae, Coronaviridae, and Paramyxoviridae.
- Paragraph 24 The method of any one of paragraphs 20-23, wherein in step (i), the pharmaceutical formulation is administered by oral administration or intravenous administration.
- Example 1 Exemplary 3 ’-ketoriboside analogues inhibit HCV replication with little cytotoxicity
- the supernatant solution was diluted in 10X volume of 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in water and sat still for 30 min to allow more iodinane by-product precipitation.
- TFA trifluoroacetic acid
- the precipitates were removed by centrifugation and the supernatant was loaded onto a fast protein liquid chromatography -re verse phase-C18 (FPLC-RP-C18) cartridge at 5 mL/min and eluted with a 70 min gradient from 0% to 30% acetonitrile (ACN).
- FPLC-RP-C18 fast protein liquid chromatography -re verse phase-C18
- NGC chromatography system from Bio-Rad Laboratories (Hercules, CA) was used for reverse phase FPLC-C18 separation and FLASHPure, C18 30 um flash cartridges (40g) were purchased from BUCHI. Thermo-LTQ mass spectrometry was used to check the compositions of the eluted fractions (FIG. 1). The unreacted 2’-CMA MH+: 282.36 were eluted out early, followed by 2’- methyladenosine-5 ’ -acid, MH+: 296.18, and 2’ -C-methyladenosine-5 ’ -aldehyde hydrate, MH+: 298.27.
- the tube with the highest amount of 280.26 contents were dried by Speed-Vac and dissolved in IX phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- the concentrations of the nucleosides were determined by NanoDrop uv 260 nm absorption using 2CMA as standard curve.
- Dess-Martin periodinane oxidation of 2 ’-methylguanosine to produce 2’- methyl-3’ -ketoguanosine was carried out as described above for 2’-methyl-3’- ketoadenosine synthesis. Briefly, about 104 milligrams (mg) of 2’ -methylguanosine (2CMG, Cas # 374750-30-8, Carbosynth-BioSynth) was dissolved in 0.25M DMF/DMSO (1 :1). An equal mole ( ⁇ 148mg) of Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP, CAS # 87413-09-0; Sigma) was added directly to the solution and vortex to dissolve the DMP.
- DMP Dess-Martin periodinane
- Thermo- LTQ mass spectrometry was used to check the compositions of the eluted fractions.
- the fractions with the highest amount of 296.26 contents were dried by Speed-Vac and dissolved in IX PBS.
- the concentrations of the nucleosides were determined by NanoDrop uv 260 nm absorption using 2CMG as standard curve.
- HCV hepatitis C virus
- Huh7 cell line Huh7 cell line
- the HCV replicon has all the viral structural proteins deleted and is maintained by its RNA-dependent RNA polymerase (RdRP) NS5B (Lohmann el al. (1999) Science 255(5424): 110-113).
- RdRP RNA-dependent RNA polymerase
- the cell line was maintained in DMEM with 10% FBS and Img/mL Geneticin (Gibco) for selection of the HCV replicon at 37 °C in a 5% CO2 incubator.
- HCV inhibitory drug test For HCV inhibitory drug test, -8000 cells in 100 uL DMEM with 10% FBS were cultured 96 well plates for two days. Then the media were removed and replaced with lOOuL of the MKA and MKG test articles at various concentrations in the DMEM with 10% FBS media and cultured for 48 hours. After 2-days culture, the TaqMan Fast Advanced Cells-to-Ct Kits (A35377, ThermoFisher Scientific) were used for cell lysis, RT and qPCR following the manufacture’s protocols. 20uL lysis buffer was used for each well, and lOuL reactions were used for both RT and qPCR reaction.
- )-actin) primer set in the TaqMan Cell-to-Ct control kit was used for endogenous mRNA control.
- the primers for qPCR of HCV are: HCV- 131F: GGGAGAGCCATAGTGGTCTGC (SEQ ID NO: 1); HCV-231R: CCCAAATCTCCAGGCATTGA (SEQ ID NO:2); detection probe: 5’ 6-FAM- CGGAATTGCCAGGACGACCGG ) (SEQ ID NO:3).
- the wells with DMEM/10% FBS without MKA or MKG test articles were used as negative controls.
- the inhibition of 1.0 uM Danoprevir (ITMN-191, ApexBio), an effective HCV protease inhibitor, was set as 100% inhibition.
- cytotoxicity test -1500 to 1600 cells in lOOuL DMEM with 10% FBS were cultured in 96-well plates for 2 days and treated with different concentrations of drugs for 48 hours the same as the inhibition test. Then lOul of cell counting kit 8 (WST-8/CCK8, Abeam) was added to every lOOuL culture in each well and incubated at 37 °C for 3 to 6 hours and the absorption at 460 nm was measured for each well. Media without cells were used as negative control. Cells in the media without drug were used as 100% viability.
- MKA and MKG test articles were dissolved in IX PBS, sterile filtered by 0. 1 uM filters and stored in 4 °C or -20 °C for up to two months without significant activity changes.
- HCV hepatitis C
- % cell viability of CCK8 in the presence of MKA, MKG, and known compounds i.e., Remdesivir, N4- hydroxycytidine, and 3 ’-deoxycytidine are shown in FIGs. 2A-2D. Consistent with the analytical data showing between about 1% to 10% purity in a trial synthesis, the MKG test article was found to exhibit a similarly low half effective concentration (EC50) of around lOOuM (data not shown).
- MKA test article was obtained in a trial synthesis at a purity of about 50% or greater and found to exhibit an EC50 around 20 uM and CC50 of about 800 uM or more (FIG. 2D).
- SI CC50/EC50
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Described are analogues of 3'-ketoriboside having antiviral properties and optionally low toxicity. Generally, these compounds contain a 3'-ketoribose, a lower alkyl attached to the 2'-position of the 3'-ketoribose, a nucleobase or analogue thereof attached to the 1'-position of the 3'-ketoribose, and a prodrug side chain attached to the 5'-oxygen of the 3'-ketoribose. The overall structure of these compounds provides stability, viral RNA chain elongation inhibitory property, and hydrogen bond acceptor for recognition by various enzymes for these compounds. Pharmaceutical formulations suitable for the delivery of the compounds to a subject in need thereof are disclosed. The pharmaceutical formulation can be administered by oral administration, parenteral administration, inhalation, and/or mucosal administration. Methods for preventing or treating a viral infection in a subject are also disclosed.
Description
ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF MAKING AND USE THEREOF
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
This application claims the benefit of and priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/386,069 filed December 5, 2022, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference for all purpose in its entirety.
REFERENCE TO SEQUENCE LISTING
The Sequence Listing submitted as an xml file named “ISB_136_PCT_ST26.xml”, created December 5, 2023, and having a size of 4,933 bytes is hereby incorporated by reference pursuant to 37 C.F.R. 1.834(c)(1).
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The disclosed invention is generally in the field of antiviral compounds and methods of making and use thereof.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
In the past two decades, several large pandemics with global health problems have been caused by RNA viruses, such as SARS-CoV in 2003, HINT influenza virus in 2009, Ebola virus in 2014, Zika virus in 2016 and SARS-CoV2 since 2019. With increasing population and globalization, pandemics caused by viruses, including RNA viruses, will be inevitable and frequent. However, there are no effective treatments for most infections caused by RNA viruses, especially at the early stage(s) of the outbreaks. Curbing disease development at this stage can drastically influence spread dynamics and thus benefit the general public. While large efforts are underway to develop vaccines for prevention of infections and drugs for treatment of affected patients, the slow pace and uncertainty of efficacy of the former, and the rapid development of resistance of the latter establish a need for continuous stream of new effective antiviral drugs. Despite efforts of developing antibody or recombinant protein-based approaches that block viral entry into cells, the traditional small-molecule approach remains a preferred option because of established pharmacological principle, namely, ease of distribution and relative low cost in deployment.
The antiviral nucleoside/nucleotide analogs and protease inhibitors are promising approaches to block viral replication. Take COVID-19 treatment for example, Remdesivir is a prodrug of an adenosine nucleotide analogue that inhibits
viral RNA chain elongation by its 1 ’-cyano bulky group. Remdesivir is a non-obligate chain terminator, which allows the viral RNA-dependent RNA polymerase to incorporate three more nucleotides before stalling (Kokic et al. (2021) Nat Commun 72(1 ):279; and Lo et al. (2017) Sei Rep 7:43395). Remdesivir is applied to patients through intravenous injection. Molnupiravir is an oral prodrug of N4-hydroxycytidine (NHC) which induces mutations during viral replication by mismatch-pairing with adenine, resulting in loss-of-function mutations for the viral proteins through accumulated changes (Sheahan et al. (2020) Sei Transl Med 72(541). Paxlovid (copackaged oral medication of nirmatrelvir/ritonavir) is a protease inhibitor that blocks viral protein processing and maturation (Yang et al. (2022) J Med Chem 65(13) : 8686- 8698). The 2’, 3 ’-dideoxynucleosides, such as Zalcitabine (2’,3’-dideoxycytidine, ddC), Lamivudine (2’,3’-dideoxy-3’thiacytidine, 3TC), Didanosine (2’3’- dideoxyinosine, ddl) and Zidovudine (3 ’-azidothymidine, AZT) are examples of reverse-transcriptase inhibitors (RTIs) widely used for antiretroviral therapies (Holec et al. (2017) Curr HIV Res 75(6):411-421). These dideoxynucleosides are obligate chain terminators that block D A chain elongation during retroviral replication. Once incorporated as monophosphates into the viral nucleic acid, they immediately block the progression of the polymerase as a result of their lack of a reactive 3'-hydroxyl (3'-OH) group. However, the 3 ’ -deoxyribonucleosides and 3’-O-methyl-ribonucleosides have proved largely ineffective at inhibiting viral RNA chain elongation in vivo (Eyer et al. (2018) Antivir Chem Chemother 26:2040206618761299).
There remains a need to develop compounds that possess antiviral properties. Therefore, it is an object of the present invention to provide compounds that possess antiviral properties.
It is a further object of the present invention to provide methods of using such compounds.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Antiviral compounds and methods of making and using thereof are described. The compounds disclosed herein contain a 3 ’-ketoribose, a lower alkyl (i.e., Ci-Ce alkyl) attached to the 2’ -position of the 3 ’-ketoribose, a nucleobase or analogue thereof attached to the T -position of the 3'-ketoribose via a glycosidic bond, and a prodrug side chain attached to the 5 ’-oxygen of the 3 ’-ketoribose.
The overall structure of the compounds provides stability, viral RNA chain elongation inhibitory property, and hydrogen bond acceptor for recognition by various enzymes
for these compounds. For example, the compound has ex vivo: (a) a half effective concentration EC50 of 20uM or less as measured by hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis relative to 100% inhibition of HCV by 1.0 pM danoprevir; and/or (b) a half cytotoxicity concentration CC50 of 500 pM or greater as measured by Cell Counting Kit-8 (CCK8) live cell counting assay in 100% fresh media.
Formula I or a stereoisomer thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the stereoisomer thereof, wherein: (i) R1 can be a prodrug side chain; (ii) R2 can be a nucleobase or an analogue thereof; and (iii) R3 can be a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl.
Formula II or a stereoisomer thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1 and R2 can be as defined above for Formula I.
In some forms, R1 can be hydrogen, a carbonyl (e.g., an ester or a thioester), a phosphonyl (e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate), a thiophosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl. In some forms, R1 can be hydrogen, -C(=O)R4, -C(=O)OR4, - C(=O)NR4R5, -C(=O)SR4, -S(O)R4, -S(O)2R4, -S(O)(OR4), -S(O)2(OR4), - S(O)2(NR4R5),-P(O)(OR4)(OR5), -P(O)(OR4)(NR5), -P(S)(OR4)(OR5), or P(S)(OR4)(NR5), wherein each R4 or Rs is independently H, an unsubstituted (C1-C8) alkyl, a substituted (C1-C8) alkyl, an unsubstituted (C2-C8) alkenyl, a substituted (C2- C8) alkenyl, an unsubstituted (C2-C8) alkynyl, or a substituted (C2-C8) alkynyl, and
wherein each substituent (when present) is independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a carbonyl, an alkoxy, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a phenoxy, a thiol, an alkylthio, a phenylthio, an arylthio, a cyano, an isocyano, a nitro, a carboxyl, an amino, an amido, an oxo, a silyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, a sulfonic acid, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphoryl, or a phosphonyl. In some forms, R1 can be hydrogen, 2-methyl-propinyl, or ProTide phosphoramidate.
In some forms, R2 can be adenine, cytidine, guanine, uridine, thymidine, pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 6-methyl-adenine, 5-methylcytidine, 7- deazaadenine, 7-deazaguanine, 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadenine, 5-fluorourdine, 5- bromouridine, 5-N-hydroxycytidine, or N4-hydroxycytidine. In some forms, R2 can be adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uridine, pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 7- deazaadenine, 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadeonine, or 7-deazaguanine. In some forms, R2 can be adenine or an adenine analogue. In some forms, R2 can be adenine, 4-aza-7,9- dideazaadenine, or 7-deazaadenine. Typically, a carbon atom or nitrogen atom of the pyrimidine or purine moiety of R2 forms a C-C or N-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is attached.
MKA
Pharmaceutical formulations suitable for the delivery of the compounds and their preparation are disclosed. Generally, the pharmaceutical formulation contains one or more of the compounds and a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. The compounds in the pharmaceutical formulations are in an effective amount for preventing or treating a viral infection in a subject in need thereof. The pharmaceutical
formulation may further contain one or more additional active agents, such as one or more additional antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
Methods of making the compounds disclosed herein include (i) oxidizing a riboside to form a raw product comprising the compound; and (ii) purifying the raw product to produce a purified product, wherein the compound in the purified product has a purity suitable for use in food or medicine. For example, the purity of the compound in the purified product is at least about 50% as determined by high performance liquid chromatography.
In some forms, the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of Formula la to form the compound of Formula I:
Formula la wherein: (i) R1 is a prodrug side chain; (ii) R2 is a nucleobase or analogue thereof; and (iii) R3 is a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl.
The oxidation reaction in step (i) can be performed using any suitable reactions known in the art, such as Dess-Martin oxidation. The purification in step (ii) can be performed using any suitable purification technique known in the art, such as reverse phase chromatographic separation or vacuum concentration, or a combination thereof.
Methods of using the compounds are disclosed. The compounds are administered to a cell, to prevent or treat a viral infection in the cell. The cell can be in vitro or in vivo, for example, in a subject in need thereof. The cell is typically a cell of a mammal, such as a human. In some forms, the cell is infected by an RNA virus, such as a virus of Flaviviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Filoviridae, Coronaviridae, or Paramyxoviridae family. The treatment effect can be indicated by the improvement or relief of one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection. For example, the treatment effect can be indicated by the improvement or relief of one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection in a subject that is infected by an RNA virus.
In some forms of the method, the pharmaceutical formulation can be administered by oral administration, parenteral administration (such as by intravenous injection or infusion), inhalation, mucosal administration, topical or a combination
thereof. The administration step can occur one or more times. Typically, following a single administration step or all of the administration steps, an effective amount of the compounds is administered for a given end use, such as to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection. Optionally, the disclosed method further includes administering one or more additional active agent, such as one or more antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents, to the subject prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the administration of the compounds.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows a representative mass spectrometry spectrum of 2’-methyl-3’- ketoriboadenosine.
Figures 2A-2D are graphs showing hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis and % cell viability in the presence of Remdesivir (FIG. 2A), N4-hydroxy cytidine (FIG. 2B), 3 ’-deoxy cytidine (FIG. 2C), and 2’ -methyl-3’ -ketoriboadenosine (FIG. 2D).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
I. Definitions
It is to be understood that the disclosed compounds, compositions, and methods are not limited to specific synthetic methods, specific analytical techniques, or to particular reagents unless otherwise specified, and, as such, may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular forms and embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting.
“Substituted,” as used herein, refers to all permissible substituents of the compounds or functional groups described herein. In the broadest sense, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, but are not limited to, halogens, hydroxyl groups, or any other organic groupings containing any number of carbon atoms, preferably 1-14 carbon atoms, and optionally include one or more heteroatoms such as oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen grouping in linear, branched, or cyclic structural formats. Representative substituents include a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a halogen, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phenoxy, an aroxy, a silyl, a
thiol, an alkylthio, a substituted alkylthio, a phenylthio, an arylthio, a cyano, an isocyano, a nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a carboxyl, an amino, an amido, an oxo, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, a sulfonic acid, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphonyl, an amino acid. Such a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a halogen, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phenoxy, an aroxy, a silyl, a thiol, an alkylthio, a substituted alkylthio, a phenylthio, an arylthio, a cyano, an isocyano, a nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a carboxyl, an amino, an amido, an oxo, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, a sulfonic acid, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphoryl, a phosphonyl, and an amino acid can be further substituted.
Heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of the heteroatoms. It is understood that “substitution” or “substituted” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, i.e. , a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
“Alkyl,” as used herein, refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl, and cycloalkyl (alicyclic). In some forms, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C30 for straight chains, C3-C30 for branched chains), 20 or fewer, 15 or fewer, or 10 or fewer. Alkyl includes methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, /-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl and the like. Likewise, a cycloalkyl is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms, such as a nonaromatic monocyclic or nonaromatic polycyclic ring containing 3-30 carbon atoms, 3-20 carbon atoms, or 3-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and have 5, 6 or 7 carbons in the ring structure. Cycloalkyls containing a polycyclic ring system can have two or more non-aromatic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (i.e., “fused cycloalkyl rings”). Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctanyl, etc.
"Substituted alkyl” refers to alkyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen (such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine), hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), aryl, alkoxyl, aralkyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphonyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, a phosphinate, amino, amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, oxo, sulfhydryl, thiol, alkylthio, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. -NRR’ , wherein R and R’ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl, and wherein the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized; -SR, wherein R is a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl a hydrogen, an alkyl, or an aryl; -CN; -NO2; -COOH; carboxylate; -COR, -COOR, or -C0N(R)2, wherein R is hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl; imino, silyl, ether, haloalkyl (such as -CF3, -CH2-CF3, -CCh); -CN; -NCOCOCH2CH2; -NCOCOCHCH; and -NCS; and combinations thereof.
It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. For instance, the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include halogen, hydroxy, nitro, thiols, amino, aralkyl, azido, imino, amido, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), oxo, sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), haloalkyls, -CN and the like. Cycloalkyls can be substituted in the same manner.
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower alkyl" as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure. Likewise, "lower alkenyl" and "lower alkynyl" have similar chain lengths.
“Heteroalkyl,” as used herein, refers to straight or branched chain, or cyclic carbon-containing alkyl radicals, or combinations thereof, containing at least one heteroatom on the carbon backbone. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized. For example, the term “heterocycloalkyl group” is a cycloalkyl group as defined above where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is substituted with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur, or phosphorus.
The term “alkenyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms and structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Alkenyl groups include straight-chain alkenyl groups, branched-chain alkenyl, and cycloalkenyl. A cycloalkenyl is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as a nonaromatic monocyclic or nonaromatic polycyclic ring containing 3-30 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond, 3-20 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond, or 3-10 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond in their ring structure, and have 5, 6 or 7 carbons and at least one carbon-carbon double bond in the ring structure. Cycloalkenyls containing a polycyclic ring system can have two or more non-aromatic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (i.e., “fused cycloalkenyl rings”) and contain at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Asymmetric structures such as (AB)C=C(C’D) are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This may be presumed in structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present, or it may be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C. The term "alkenyl" as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both "unsubstituted alkenyls" and "substituted alkenyls,” the latter of which refers to alkenyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. The term “alkenyl” also includes “heteroalkenyl.”
The term “substituted alkenyl” refers to alkenyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quarternized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, oxo, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof.
“Heteroalkenyl,” as used herein, refers to straight or branched chain, or cyclic carbon-containing alkenyl radicals, or combinations thereof, containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the
nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized. For example, the term “heterocycloalkenyl group” is a cycloalkenyl group where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is substituted with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur, or phosphorus.
The term “alkynyl group” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms and a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Alkynyl groups include straight-chain alkynyl groups, branched-chain alkynyl, and cycloalkynyl. A cycloalkynyl is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, such as a nonaromatic monocyclic or nonaromatic polycyclic ring containing 3-30 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, 3-20 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, or 3-10 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond in their ring structure, and have 5, 6 or 7 carbons and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond in the ring structure. Cycloalkynyls containing a polycyclic ring system can have two or more non-aromatic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (i.e., “fused cycloalkynyl rings”) and contain at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Asymmetric structures such as (AB)C=C(C”D) are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This may be presumed in structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkyne is present, or it may be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C. The term "alkynyl" as used throughout the specification, examples, and claims is intended to include both "unsubstituted alkynyls" and "substituted alkynyls,” the latter of which refers to alkynyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. The term “alkynyl” also includes “heteroalkynyl.”
The term “substituted alkynyl” refers to alkynyl moieties having one or more substituents replacing one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quarternized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof.
“Heteroalkynyl,” as used herein, refers to straight or branched chain, or cyclic carbon-containing alkynyl radicals, or combinations thereof, containing at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorous and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom is optionally quaternized. For example, the term “heterocycloalkynyl group” is a cycloalkynyl group where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is substituted with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulphur, or phosphorus.
“Aryl,” as used herein, refers to C5-C26-membered aromatic or fused aromatic ring systems. Examples of aromatic groups are benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, chrysene, pyrene, corannulene, coronene, etc.
The term “substituted aryl” refers to an aryl group, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more aromatic rings are substituted with one or more substituents including, but not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, carbonyl (such as a ketone, aldehyde, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (or quarternized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, imino, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfoxide, sulfonamide, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl (such as CF3, -CH2-CF3, - CCh), -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, and combinations thereof.
“Heterocycle” and “heterocyclyl” are used interchangeably, and refer to a cyclic radical attached via a ring carbon or nitrogen atom of a non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic ring containing 3-30 ring atoms, 3-20 ring atoms, 3-10 ring atoms, or 5-6 ring atoms, where each ring contains carbon and one to four heteroatoms each selected from the group consisting of non-peroxide oxygen, sulfur, and N(Y) wherein Y is absent or is H, O, C1-C10 alkyl, phenyl or benzyl, and optionally containing 1-3 double bonds and optionally substituted with one or more substituents. Heterocyclyl are distinguished from heteroaryl by definition. Heterocycles can be a heterocycloalkyl, a heterocycloalkenyl, a heterocycloalkynyl, etc, such as piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-/?]tetrahydrofuran, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pyranyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 6H- 1,2,5-thiadiazinyl. Heterocyclic
groups can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents as defined above for alkyl and aryl.
The term “heteroaryl” refers to Cs-C v.-membered aromatic or fused aromatic ring systems, in which one or more carbon atoms on one or more aromatic ring structures have been substituted with a heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen. Examples of heteroaryl groups pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, tetrazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and the like. Examples of heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzo thiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-l,5,2-dithiazinyl, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, IH-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4- oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxindolyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4- thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl and xanthenyl. One or more of the rings can be substituted as defined below for “substituted heteroaryl.”
The term “substituted heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more heteroaromatic rings are substituted with one or more substituents including, but not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, carbonyl (such as a ketone, aldehyde, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (or quarternized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, imino, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfoxide,
sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl (such as CF3, -CH2-CF3, - CCI3), -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, and combinations thereof.
The term “polyaryl” refers to a chemical moiety that includes two or more fused aryl groups. When two or more fused heteroaryl groups are involved, the chemical moiety can be referred to as a “polyheteroaryl.”
The term “substituted polyaryl” refers to a polyaryl in which one or more of the aryls are substituted, with one or more substituents including, but not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (or quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfoxide, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, and combinations thereof. When a polyheteroaryl is involved, the chemical moiety can be referred to as a “substituted polyheteroaryl.”
The term “cyclic ring” or “cyclic group” refers to a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic ring (such as those formed from single or fused ring systems), such as a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, that have from three to 30 carbon atoms, as geometric constraints permit. The substituted cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, and heterocyclyls are substituted as defined above for the alkyls, alkenyls, alkynyls, and heterocyclyls, respectively.
The term “aralkyl” as used herein is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group having an alkyl, alkynyl, or alkenyl group as defined above attached to the aromatic group, such as an aryl, a heteroaryl, a polyaryl, or a polyheteroaryl. An example of an aralkyl group is a benzyl group.
The terms “alkoxyl” or “alkoxy,” “aroxy” or “aryloxy,” generally describe compounds represented by the formula -ORV, wherein Rv includes, but is not limited to, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or
unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl, a thiol, an amido, and an amino. Exemplary alkoxyl groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, tert-butoxy and the like. A “lower alkoxy” group is an alkoxy group containing from one to six carbon atoms. An “ether” is two functional groups covalently linked by an oxygen as defined below. Accordingly, the substituent of an alkyl that renders that alkyl an ether is or resembles an alkoxyl, such as can be represented by one of -O-alkyl, -O-alkenyl, -O-alkynyl, -O-arakyl, -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -O-polyaryl, -O-polyheteroaryl, -O-heterocyclyl, etc.
The term “substituted alkoxy” refers to an alkoxy group having one or more substituents replacing one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more carbons of the alkoxy backbone. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quarternized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, oxo, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, and combinations thereof.
The term “ether” as used herein is represented by the formula A2OA1, where A2 and A1 can be, independently, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl, a thiol, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, an alkoxy, an amido, or an amino, described above.
The term “polyether” as used herein is represented by the formula:
where A3 can be, independently, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, an alkoxy, an amido, or an amino, described above; g can be a positive integer from 1 to 30.
The term “phenoxy” is art recognized and refers to a compound of the formula -ORV wherein Rv is CeHs (i.e., -O-G.Hs). One of skill in the art recognizes that a phenoxy is a species of the aroxy genus.
The term “substituted phenoxy” refers to a phenoxy group, as defined above, having one or more substituents replacing one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more carbons of the phenyl ring. Such substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphanyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, and combinations thereof.
The terms “aroxy” and “aryloxy,” as used interchangeably herein, are represented by -O-aryl or -O-heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are as defined herein.
The terms “substituted aroxy” and “substituted aryloxy,” as used interchangeably herein, represent -O-aryl or -O-heteroaryl, having one or more substituents replacing one or more hydrogen atoms on one or more ring atoms of the aryl and heteroaryl, as defined herein. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl, phosphanyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof.
The term "amino" as used herein includes the group
Rx - E- NH2 -E-NH
’ (primary amino), *» (secondary amino),
RXI (tertiary amino), and RXI (quaternary amino), wherein, E is absent, or E is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, wherein independently of E, Rx, RX1, and RX11 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl, a thiol, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2)m-R’” ; R’” represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, or an amino; and m is zero or an integer ranging from 1 to 8. The term “quaternary amino” also includes the groups where the nitrogen, Rx, RX1, and Rxn with the N+ to which they are attached complete a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
The terms “amide” or “amido” are used interchangeably, refer to both “unsubstituted amido” and “substituted amido” and are represented by the general formula:
wherein, E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted poly aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, wherein independently of E, R and R’ each independently represent a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl, a thiol, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2)m-R”’, or R and R’ taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure; R’” represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, or an amino; and m is zero or an integer ranging from 1 to 8. In some forms, when E is oxygen, a carbamate is formed. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1,2-diyl).
“Carbonyl,” as used herein, is art-recognized and includes such moieties as can be represented by the general formula:
wherein X is a bond, or represents an oxygen or a sulfur, and R represents a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2)m-R”, or a pharmaceutical acceptable salt; E” is absent, or E” is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; R’ represents a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2)m-R” ; R” represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted orunsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, or an amino; and m is zero or an integer ranging from 1 to 8. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphonium, phosphanyl,
phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quarternized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E” groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1,2-diyl). Where X is oxygen and R is defined as above, the moiety is also referred to as a carboxyl group. When X is oxygen and R is hydrogen, the formula represents a “carboxylic acid.” Where X is oxygen and R’ is hydrogen, the formula represents a “formate.” Where X is oxygen and R or R’ is not hydrogen, the formula represents an "ester.” In general, where the oxygen atom of the above formula is replaced by a sulfur atom, the formula represents a “thiocarbonyl” group. Where X is sulfur and R or R’ is not hydrogen, the formula represents a “thioester.” Where X is sulfur and R is hydrogen, the formula represents a “thiocarboxylic acid.” Where X is sulfur and R’ is hydrogen, the formula represents a “thioformate.” Where X is a bond and R is not hydrogen, the above formula represents a “ketone.” Where X is a bond and R is hydrogen, the above formula represents an “aldehyde.”
The term “phosphanyl” is represented by the formula
wherein, E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, wherein independently of E, RV1 and R™ each independently represent a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a
phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl, a thiol, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2)m-R”’, or RV1 and R™ taken together with the P atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure; R’” represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, or an amino; and m is zero or an integer ranging from 1 to 8. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane - 1,2-diyl).
The term “phosphonium” is represented by the formula
wherein, E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, wherein independently of E, RV1, R™, and Rvni each independently represent a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or
unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl, a thiol, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2)m-R’”, or RV1, R™, and Rvm taken together with the P+ atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure; R’” represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, or an amino; and m is zero or an integer ranging from 1 to 8. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
The term “phosphonyl” is represented by the formula
wherein E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, oxygen, alkoxy, aroxy, or substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, wherein, independently of E,
RV1 and R™ are independently a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl, a thiol, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2)m-R’”, or RV1 and Rv“ taken together with the P atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure; R”’ represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, or an amino; and m is zero or an integer ranging from 1 to 8. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
The term “phosphoryl” defines a phosphonyl in which E is absent, oxygen, alkoxy, aroxy, substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, as defined above, and independently of E, RV1 and R™ are independently hydroxyl, alkoxy, aroxy, substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, as defined above. When E is oxygen, the phosphoryl cannot be attached to another chemical species, such as to form an oxygen-oxygen bond, or other unstable bonds, as understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. When E, RV1 and R™ are substituted, the substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a
carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1,4- phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
The term “thiophosphonyl” is represented by the formula
wherein E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, oxygen, alkoxy, aroxy, or substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, wherein, independently of E, RV1 and R™ are independently a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a silyl, a thiol, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2)m-R’”, or RV1 and Rvu taken together with the P atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure; R’” represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted
or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, or an amino; and m is zero or an integer ranging from 1 to 8. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
The term “sulfinyl” is represented by the formula
wherein E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, wherein independently of E, R represents a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a silyl, a thiol, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2)m-R”’, or E and R taken together with the S atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure; R’” represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted
or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, or an amino; and m is zero or an integer ranging from 1 to 8. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1,2-diyl, ethene- 1,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1,2-diyl).
The term “sulfonyl” is represented by the formula
wherein E is absent, or E is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, wherein independently of E, R represents a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2)m-R”’, or E and R taken together with the S atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle
having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure; R’” represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, or an amino; and m is zero or an integer ranging from 1 to 8. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
The term “sulfonic acid” refers to a sulfonyl, as defined above, wherein R is hydroxyl, and E is absent, or E is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1,4- phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
The term “sulfate” refers to a sulfonyl, as defined above, wherein E is absent, oxygen, alkoxy, aroxy, substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, as defined above, and R
is independently hydroxyl, alkoxy, aroxy, substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, as defined above. When E is oxygen, the sulfate cannot be attached to another chemical species, such as to form an oxygen-oxygen bond, or other unstable bonds, as understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quarternized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1,2-diyl, 1,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
The term “sulfonate” refers to a sulfonyl, as defined above, wherein E is oxygen, alkoxy, aroxy, substituted alkoxy or substituted aroxy, as defined above, and R is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, -(CFEjm-R”’, R’” represents a hydroxy group, substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, an aryl, a cycloalkyl ring, a cycloalkenyl ring, a heterocycle, an amido, an amino, or a polycycle; and m is zero or an integer ranging from 1 to 8. When E is oxygen, sulfonate cannot be attached to another chemical species, such as to form an oxygen-oxygen bond, or other unstable bonds, as understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quarternized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by
those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1 ,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1 ,2-diyl).
The term “sulfamoyl” refers to a sulfonamide or sulfonamide represented by the formula
wherein E is absent, or E is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, wherein independently of E, R and R’ each independently represent a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, an amino, or -(CH2) m- R’”, or R and R’ taken together with the N atom to which they are attached complete a heterocycle having from 3 to 14 atoms in the ring structure; R’” represents a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, an alkoxy, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, or an amino; and m is zero or an integer ranging from 1 to 8. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate,
phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof. It is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, that the E groups listed above are divalent (e.g., methylene, ethane- 1,2-diyl, ethene- 1 ,2-diyl, 1 ,4-phenylene, cyclohexane- 1,2-diyl).
The term “silyl group” as used herein is represented by the formula -SiRR’R,” where R, R’, and R” can be, independently, a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a thiol, an amido, an amino, an alkoxy, or an oxo, described above. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxy], carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate), alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quartemized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof.
The terms “thiol” are used interchangeably and are represented by -SR, where R can be a hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl (e.g. a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonyl, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, an amido, an amino, an alkoxy, an oxo, a phosphonyl, a sulfinyl, or a silyl, described above. Such substituents can be any substituents described above, e.g., halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, carbonyl (such as a carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, formyl, or an acyl), silyl, ether, ester, thiocarbonyl (such as a thioester, a thioacetate, or a thioformate),
alkoxyl, phosphoryl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amino (e.g. quarternized amino), amido, amidine, imine, cyano, nitro, azido, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, sulfonyl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, haloalkyl, -CN, aryl, heteroaryl, polyaryl, polyheteroaryl, and combinations thereof.
The disclosed compounds and substituent groups, can, independently, possess two or more of the groups listed above. For example, if the compound or substituent group is a straight chain alkyl group, one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can be substituted with a hydroxy] group, an alkoxy group, etc. Depending upon the groups that are selected, a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (/.<?., attached) to the second group. For example, with the phrase “an alkyl group comprising an ester group,” the ester group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group. Alternatively, the ester can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group. The nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group.
The compounds and substituents can be substituted, independently, with the substituents described above in the definition of “substituted.”
The numerical ranges disclose individually each possible number that such a range could reasonably encompass, as well as any sub-ranges and combinations of subranges encompassed therein. For example, in a given range carbon range of C3-C9, the range also discloses C3, C4, C5, Cf>, CT, CS, and C9, as well as any subrange between these numbers (for example, C4 -Ce), and any possible combination of ranges possible between these values. In yet another example, a given temperature range may be from about 25 °C to 30 °C, where the range also discloses temperatures that can be selected independently from about 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, and 30 °C, as well as any range between these numbers (for example, 26 to 28 °C), and any possible combination of ranges between these values.
Use of the term "about" is intended to describe values either above or below the stated value, which the term “about” modifies, to be within a range of approximately +/- 10%. When the term "about" is used before a range of numbers (i.e., about 1-5) or before a series of numbers i.e., about 1, 2, 3, 4, etc.) it is intended to modify both ends of the range of numbers and/or each of the numbers recited in the entire series, unless specified otherwise.
The disclosed compounds and substituent groups, can, independently, possess two or more of the groups listed above. For example, if the compound or substituent
group is a straight chain alkyl group, one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group can be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, etc. Depending upon the groups that are selected, a first group can be incorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group can be pendant (/.<?., attached) to the second group. For example, with the phrase “an alkyl group comprising an ester group,” the ester group can be incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group. Alternatively, the ester can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group. The nature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if the first group is embedded or attached to the second group.
The compounds and substituents can be substituted with, independently, with the substituents described above in the definition of “substituted.” IL Compositions
Analogues of 3’ -ketoriboside (also referred to herein as “compounds”) having antiviral properties and optionally low toxicity have been developed. These compounds have broad antiviral properties. For example, the compounds disclosed herein show ex vivo: (a) a half effective concentration EC50 of 20 uM or less as measured by hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis relative to 100% inhibition of HCV by 1.0 uM danoprevir; and/or (b) a half cytotoxicity concentration CC50 of 500 uM or greater as measured by Cell Counting Kit-8 (CCK8) live cell counting assay in 100% fresh media. Therefore, they should be suitable for use in the prophylaxis and/or treatment of multiple classes of viruses, such as for use as pan-anti RNA virus compounds for the treatment of RNA viral infection.
The compounds disclosed herein contain a 3’-ketoribose, a lower alkyl (i.e., Ci- Ce alkyl) attached to the 2 ’-position of the 3’-ketoribose, a nucleobase or analogue thereof attached to the 1 ’-position of the 3'-ketoribose via a glycosidic bond, and a prodrug side chain attached to the 5 ’-oxygen of the 3'-ketoribose. The overall structure provides stability, viral RNA chain elongation inhibitory property, and hydrogen bond acceptor for recognition by various enzymes for these compounds (discussed below).
The compounds disclosed herein are stable and can be stored in physiological solutions. For example, the disclosed compounds are stored in IX PBS at 4 °C or -20 °C for up to two months without significant activity loss (i.e., the change of EC50 value against a cell line under the same test conditions is less than 10%). Without being bound to any theories, it is believed that the stability of the 3'-ketoribose can be attributed to the due in large part to a lower alkyl group at the 2’ position, such as a 2’- methyl group.
Further, the disclosed compounds can efficiently block viral RNA replication with little cytotoxicity to host cells. Without being bound to any theories, it is believed that the disclosed compounds exhibit an RNA chain elongation termination mechanism: obligate chain termination via 3 ’-ketone in combination with host cell transport and kinase recognition via 2’ -hydroxyl and 3 ’-ketone. For example, the compounds disclosed herein can serve as obligate RNA chain terminators as the 3’- ketone group will block formation of the 3’ to 5’ phosphodiester bond once incorporated into the elongating virus RNA chain.
Additionally, the disclosed compounds preserve the 3 ’-oxygen as a hydroxyl group, which can readily serve as a hydrogen bond acceptor for recognition by various enzymes, such as concentrative nucleoside transporters (CNTs) and nucleoside kinases, for example, adenosine kinase, inosine-guanosine kinase, and uridine-cytidine kinase. Meanwhile, no groups that can affect the enzymatic activities of polymerases and kinases are introduced.
Pharmaceutical compositions and formulations containing the compounds or prodrugs of the compounds are also disclosed.
A. Compounds
The disclosed compounds can have the structure of Formula I’ :
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: (i) R1 can be a prodrug side chain; (ii) R2 can be a nucleobase or analogue thereof; and (iii) R3 can be a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl (including linear, branched, or cyclic alkyls, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl, isopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, tertbutyl), pentyl, hexyl, etc.).
In some forms, the disclosed compounds can have the structure of Formula I:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Rl, R2, and R3 can be as defined above for Formula I’ .
As illustrated by Formulae I’ and I, the nucleobase or analogue thereof (R2) is attached to the 2'-alkyl-3'-ketoribose via a glycosidic bond; and the prodrug side chain (Rl) is attached to the 5’-oxygen of the 2'-alkyl-3’-ketoribose.
In some forms, the disclosed compounds can have the structure of Formula IF:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Rl and R2 can be as defined above for Formula I’.
Formula II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Rl and R2 can be as defined above for Formula I’ .
As illustrated in Formulae IF and II, the nucleobase or analogue thereof (R2) is attached to the 2'-methyl-3'-ketoribose via a glycosidic bond; and the prodrug side chain (Rl) is attached to the 5’-oxygen of the 2'-methyl-3'-ketoribose.
In some forms of Formulae I’, I, IF, and II, Rl is a prodrug side chain. The term “prodrug side chain” refers to a chemical functional group of a prodrug compound capable of being metabolized so as to convert the prodrug compound into a pharmacologically active metabolite. For example, the Rl group of the compounds disclosed herein can be metabolized into a triphosphate, which is capable of being incorporated into an RNA chain. For example, non-phosphorylated ribonucleosides (e.g., a compound in which Rl is a hydrogen and thus a prodrug side chain) are generally converted by cellular kinases into a triphosphate form (e.g., in which Rl is a triphosphate and thus the compound is converted into a pharmacologically active
metabolite) before incorporation into an elongating RNA chain with diphosphate release. Once incorporated, the disclosed compounds can act as a chain terminator and stop the virus from replicating because the compounds lack the 3 ’-hydroxyl needed for attachment of the next incoming ribonucleotide triphosphate.
In some forms of Formulae I’, I, II’, and II, R1 can be hydrogen, a carbonyl (e.g., an ester or a thioester), a phosphonyl (e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate), a thiophosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
In some forms of Formulae I’, I, IF, and II, R1 can be hydrogen, -C(=O)R4, - C(=O)OR4, -C(=O)NR4R5, -C(=O)SR4, -S(O)R4, -S(O)?R4, -S(O)(OR4), -S(Oh(OR4), - S(O)2(NR4R5),-P(O)(OR4)(OR5), -P(O)(OR4)(NR5), -P(S)(OR4)(OR5), or P(S)(OR4)(NR5), wherein each R4 or Rs is independently H, H, an unsubstituted (Cl- C8) alkyl, a substituted (C1-C8) alkyl, an unsubstituted (C2-C8) alkenyl, a substituted (C2-C8) alkenyl, an unsubstituted (C2-C8) alkynyl, or a substituted (C2-C8) alkynyl, and wherein each substituent (when present) can be independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a carbonyl, an alkoxy, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a phenoxy, a thiol, an alkylthio, a phenylthio, an arylthio, a cyano, an isocyano, a nitro, a carboxyl, an amino, an amido, an oxo, a silyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, a sulfonic acid, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphoryl, or a phosphonyl.
When R4 and/or R5 are/is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl(s), the alkyl(s) can be a linear alkyl, a branched alkyl, or a cyclic alkyl (either monocyclic or polycyclic). The terms “cyclic alkyl” and “cycloalkyl” are used interchangeably herein. Exemplary alkyl include a linear Ci-Cs alkyl, a branched C i-Cs alkyl, a cyclic C3-C8 alkyl, a linear Ci-Ce alkyl, a branched C4-C6 alkyl, a cyclic C3-C6 alkyl, a linear C1-C4 alkyl, a cyclic C4-C8 alkyl, a cyclic C3-C4 alkyl, such as a linear Ci-Cs, C1-C7, Ci-Ce, C1-C5, C1-C4, C1-C3, or C1-C2 alkyl group, a branched C3-C8, C3-C7, C3-C6, C3-C5, or C3-C4 alkyl group, or a cyclic C3-C8, C3-C7, C3-C6, C3-C5, or C3-C4 alkyl group. The cyclic alkyl can be a monocyclic or polycyclic alkyl, such as a C4-C8, C4-C7, C4-C6, or C4-C5 monocyclic or polycyclic alkyl group.
When R4 and/or Rs are/is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl(s), the alkenyl(s) can be a linear alkenyl, a branched alkenyl, or a cyclic alkenyl (either monocyclic or
polycyclic). The terms “cyclic alkenyl” and “cycloalkenyl” are used interchangeably herein. Exemplary alkenyl include a linear C2-C8 alkenyl, a branched C4-C8 alkenyl, a cyclic Cr-Cs alkenyl, a linear C2-C6 alkenyl, a branched C4-C6 alkenyl, a cyclic C3-C6 alkenyl, a linear C2-C4 alkenyl, a cyclic C3-C4 alkenyl, a cyclic C4-C8 alkenyl, such as a linear C2-C8, C2-C7, C2-C6, C2-C5, C2-C4, C2-C3, C2 alkenyl group, a branched C3-C8, C3-C7, C3-C6, C3-C5, C3-C4 alkenyl group, or a cyclic C3-C8, C3-C7, C3-C6, C3-C5, C3-C4 alkenyl group. The cyclic alkenyl can be a monocyclic or polycyclic alkenyl, such as a C4-C8, C4-C7, C4-C6, or C4-C5 monocylcic or polycyclic alkenyl group.
When R4 and/or R5 are/is substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl(s), the alkynyl(s) can be a linear alkynyl, a branched alkynyl, or a cyclic alkynyl (either monocyclic or polycyclic). The terms “cyclic alkynyl” and “cycloalkynyl” are used interchangeably herein. Exemplary alkynyl include a linear C2-C8 alkynyl, a branched C4-C8 alkynyl, a cyclic C3-C8 alkynyl, a linear C2-C6 alkynyl, a branched C4-C6 alkynyl, a cyclic C3-C6 alkynyl, a linear C2-C4 alkynyl, a branched C4-C8 alkynyl, a cyclic C3-C4 alkynyl, such as a linear C2-C8, C2-C7, C2-C6, C2-C5, C2-C4, C2-C3, C2 alkynyl group, a branched C3-C8, C3-C7, C3-C6, C3-C5, C3-C4 alkynyl group, or a cyclic C3-C8, C3-C7, C3-C6, C3-C5, C3-C4 alkynyl group. The cyclic alkynyl can be a monocyclic or polycyclic alkynyl, such as a C4-C8, C4-C7, C4-C6, or C4-C5 monocyclic or polycyclic alkynyl group.
It is understood that any of the exemplary alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups can be heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, and heteroalkynyl, respectively.
In some forms, the substituents (when present in any one of Formulae I’, I, II’, and II) can be independently a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkyl (such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl, isopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, tertbutyl), pentyl, hexyl, and any of those described above for R4 and R5), a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkenyl (such as any of those described above for R4 and R5), a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkynyl (such as any of those described above for R4 and R5), a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl (such as an unsubstituted phenyl), a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted poly aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylaryl (e.g. benzyl), a carbonyl (e.g. carboxyl, ester, etc.), an alkoxy (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, aryloxy, benzoether, etc.), a halide, a hydroxyl, or a haloalkyl, or a combination thereof.
In some forms of Formulae I’, I, II’, and II, R1 can be hydrogen, 2-methyl- propinyl, or ProTide phosphoramidate (Mehellou et al., J. Med. Chem. 61:2211-2226 (2018)).
Generally, R2 of Formulae I’, I, II’, and II can be adenine, cytidine, guanine, uridine, and thymidine, and analogues thereof. Examples of nucleobase analogues for R2 include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring analogues such as pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 6-methyl-adenine, and 5-methylcytidine, as well as synthetic analogues including, but not limited to, 7-deazaadenine, 7-deazaguanine, 4-aza-7,9- dideazaadenine, 5-fluorourdine, 5-bromouridine, 5-N-hydroxycytidine, N4- hydroxycytidine. In a specific embodiment, R2 is a C-N or C-C linked pyrimidine or purine nucleobase or analogue thereof selected from adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uridine, pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 7-deazaadenine, 7- deazaguanine. Additional examples of nucleobase analogues for R2 are described in, for example, Lucas, J. F., & Rius, M. J. C. (Eds.) (2019) Enzymatic and Chemical Synthesis of Nucleic Acid Derivatives, John Wiley & Sons; Yates et al. (2019) Antiviral Res 762:5-21 ; Seley-Radtke et al. (2018) Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 26: 1- 12; Seley-Radtke et al. (2018) Antiviral Research 754:66-86; Maslova et al. (2022) Molecular Biology 56(3):469-473; and Eyer et al. (2018) Antiviral Chemistry & Chemotherapy 26:2040206618761299.
In some forms of Formulae I’, I, II’, and II, R2 can be adenine, cytidine, guanine, uridine, thymidine, pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 6-methyl-adenine, 5-methylcytidine, 7-deazaadenine, 7-deazaguanine, 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadenine, 5- fluorourdine, 5-bromouridine, 5-N-hydroxycytidine, or N4-hydroxycytidine. In some forms of Formula I and Formula II, R2 can be adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uridine, pseudouridine, hypoxanthine, xanthine, 7-deazaadenine, 4-aza-7,9- dideazaadenine, or 7-deazaguanine. For example, R2 of Formula I and Formula II can be adenine, 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadenine, or 7-deazaadenine.
Typically, R2 of Formulae I’, I, II’, and II can be attached to the carbon atom of the 3’-ketoribose via a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom of the pyrimidine or purine moiety of R2 at any suitable position. Accordingly, the carbon or nitrogen atom of the pyrimidine or purine moiety of R2 forms a C-C or N-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is attached. In some forms, a carbon atom of the pyrimidine moiety of R2 forms a C-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is attached. In some forms, a carbon atom of the purine moiety of R2 forms a C-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is
attached. In some forms, a nitrogen atom of the pyrimidine moiety of R2 forms an N-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is attached. In some forms, a nitrogen atom of the purine moiety of R2 forms an N-C linkage with the carbon to which R2 is attached.
In some forms, the compound is a 2’ -methyl-3’ -ketoadenosine, wherein R1 of Formulae II’ and II is a prodrug side chain (such as any one of those described above), and R2 is adenine or an adenine analogue (such as 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadenine or 7- deazaadenine). In some forms, the compound is a 2’ -methyl-3 ’-ketoadenosine compound of Formulae II’ and II or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: (a) R1 is 2-methyl-propionyl, and R2 is adenine; (b) R1 is 2-methyl-propionyl, and R2 is 4-aza-7,9-dideazaadenine; (c) R1 is hydrogen, and R2 is 4-aza-7,9- dideazaadnine; (d) R1 is methyl-propionyl, and R2 is 7-deazaadenine; (e) R1 is hydrogen, and R2 is 7-deazaadenine; or (f) R1 is hydrogen, and R2 is adenine.
In some forms, the compound can have the structure of Formula III’ :
or a pharmaceutical salt thereof.
Formula III or a prodrug thereof, a stereoisomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The compound of Formula III is also referred to herein as ISB-MKA or MKA.
The compounds (such as the compounds of Formulae I’, II’, and III’) may contain one or more chiral centers or may otherwise be capable of existing as multiple stereoisomers. These may be pure (single) stereoisomers or mixtures of stereoisomers, such as enantiomers, diastereomers, and enantiomerically or diastereomerically enriched mixtures. The compounds may be capable of existing as geometric isomers. Accordingly, it is to be understood that the disclosed compounds include pure geometric isomers or mixtures of geometric isomers.
The compounds may be neutral or may be one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, crystalline forms, non-crystalline forms, hydrates, or solvates, or a combination thereof. References to the compounds may refer to the neutral molecule, and/or those additional forms thereof collectively and individually from the context. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds include the acid addition and base salts thereof.
Suitable acid addition salts of the compounds are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the acetate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulphate/sulphate, borate, camsylate, citrate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tartrate, tosylate and trifluoroacetate salts.
Suitable base salts of the compounds are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts. Examples include aluminum, arginine, benzathine, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diolamine, glycine, lysine, magnesium, meglumine, olamine, potassium, sodium, tromethamine and zinc salts.
Hemisalts of acids and bases of the compounds may also be formed, for example, hemisulphate and hemicalcium salts.
B. Pharmaceutical Formulations
Pharmaceutical compositions (also referred herein as “pharmaceutical formulations”) including unit dosage forms suitable for the delivery of the conjugates (including their pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and their preparation are disclosed. Suitable pharmaceutical formulations can be determined by the skilled artisan depending on the route of administration and the desired dosage (e.g., Remington’s
Pharmaceutical Sciences, (23rd ed., Academic Press, 2020). Formulations may influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release and rate of in vivo clearance of the administered compounds.
Generally, the pharmaceutical formulation contains one or more of the compounds described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient/carrier. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” and “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” are used interchangeably herein to describe any ingredient in the formulation other than the compounds described herein, such as any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like. Typically, the pharmaceutically acceptable excipients/carriers are molecular entities and compositions that do not produce adverse, allergic, or other untoward reactions when administered to an animal or a human, and are compatible with the compounds and any additional active agents.
The pharmaceutical formulations can include an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described herein, their stereoisomers, and/or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts (together referred to as the “compounds”), for administration in a subject in need thereof, to prevent or treat a viral infection in a subject in need thereof. It is to be understood that combinations and/or mixtures of the compounds may be included in the pharmaceutical composition or formulation.
In some forms, the pharmaceutical composition or formulation can further contain one or more active agents in addition to the compounds, such as one or more additional antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
Any one or more of the compounds provided herein can be expressly included or expressly excluded from the pharmaceutical compositions, dosage units, and/or methods of use or treatment disclosed herein.
1. Oral Formulations
The compounds can be administered orally. Oral administration may involve swallowing so that the conjugate enters the gastrointestinal tract, or buccal or sublingual administration may be employed by which the conjugate enters the bloodstream directly from the mouth.
Formulations suitable for oral administration of the compounds disclosed herein include solid formulations such as tablets, capsules containing particulates, liquids, powders, lozenges (including liquid-filled lozenges), chews, multi- and nano-particulates, gels, solid solutions, liposomes, films, ovules, sprays and liquid
formulations. In some forms, the conjugates can be associated with a suitable carrier, such as particles or micelles, e.g. polymeric particles or micelles, lipid particles, and dendrimers. In these forms, the compounds can be encapsulated in, covalently bond to, and/or complexed with the particles. These particles containing the conjugates can be used for increasing the solubility of the compounds disclosed herein. Examples of materials suitable for forming the particles (nanoparticles and/or microparticles) containing the disclosed compounds include, but are not limited to, poly(alkylene glycol) or a copolymer thereof, such as poly(ethylene glycol) (“PEG”) and copolymers thereof, phospholipids, and polyamidoamine (“PAMAM”) or derivatives thereof (e.g. hydroxyl PAMAM). These particles containing the disclosed compounds may be further formulated into tablets, capsules, powders, etc.
Liquid formulations containing the disclosed compounds include suspensions, solutions, syrups and elixirs. Such formulations may be employed as fillers in soft or hard capsules and typically contain a carrier, for example, water, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methylcellulose or a suitable oil, and one or more emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents. Liquid formulations may also be prepared by the reconstitution of a solid, for example, from a sachet.
The compounds may also be used in fast dissolving, fast-disintegrating dosage forms such as those described in Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents, 11 (6), 981-986, by Liang and Chen (2001).
For tablet or capsule dosage forms, depending on dose, the compounds may make up from 1 weight % to 80 weight % of the dosage form or from 5 weight % to 60 weight % of the dosage form. In addition to the conjugates described herein, tablets generally contain a disintegrant. Examples of disintegrants include sodium starch glycolate, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, lower alkyl-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, starch, pregelatinised starch and sodium alginate. Generally, the disintegrant will contain from 1 weight % to 25 weight %, preferably from 5 weight % to 20 weight % of the dosage form.
Binders are generally used to impart cohesive qualities to a tablet formulation. Suitable binders include microcrystalline cellulose, gelatin, sugars, polyethylene glycol, natural and synthetic gums, polyvinylpyrrolidone, pregelatinised starch, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose. Tablets may also contain diluents, such
as lactose (as, for example, the monohydrate, spray-dried monohydrate or anhydrous form), mannitol, xylitol, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starch and dibasic calcium phosphate dihydrate.
Tablets or capsules may also optionally contain surface active agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and polysorbate 80, and glidants such as silicon dioxide and talc. When present, surface active agents may contain from 0.2 weight % to 5 weight % of the tablet, and glidants may contain from 0.2 weight % to 1 weight % of the tablet.
Tablets or capsules also generally contain lubricants such as magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate, and mixtures of magnesium stearate with sodium lauryl sulphate. Lubricants generally contain from 0.25 weight % to 10 weight %, preferably from 0.5 weight % to 3 weight % of the tablet.
Other possible ingredients include glidants (e.g. Talc or colloidal anhydrous silica at about 0.1 weight% to about 3 weight %), antioxidants, colorants, flavouring agents, preservatives and taste-masking agents.
Exemplary tablets contain up to about 80% of one or more of the conjugates described herein, from about 10 weight % to about 90 weight % binder, from about 0 weight % to about 85 weight % diluent, from about 2 weight % to about 10 weight % disintegrant, and from about 0.25 weight % to about 10 weight % lubricant.
Tablet or capsule blends may be compressed directly or by roller to form tablets. Tablet or capsule blends or portions of blends may alternatively be wet-, dry-, or melt-granulated, melt congealed, or extruded before tableting. The final formulation may contain one or more layers and may be coated or uncoated; it may even be encapsulated.
Solid formulations of the compounds for oral administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed, sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted and programmed release formulations.
2. Parenteral Formulations
The compounds can also be administered directly into the blood stream, into muscle, or into an internal organ. Suitable routes for such parenteral administration include intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, epidural, intracerebroventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, and subcutaneous delivery. Suitable means for parenteral administration include needle (including microneedle) injectors, needle-free injectors, and infusion techniques.
Parenteral formulations containing the disclosed compounds are typically aqueous solutions which may contain excipients such as salts, carbohydrates and buffering agents (preferably at a pH of from 3 to 9), but, for some applications, they may be more suitably formulated as a sterile non-aqueous solution or as a dried form to be used in conjunction with a suitable vehicle such as sterile, pyrogen-free water.
The preparation of parenteral formulations under sterile conditions, for example, by lyophilization, may readily be accomplished using standard pharmaceutical techniques well known to those skilled in the art.
The solubility of the compounds used in the preparation of a parenteral formulation may be increased by the use of appropriate formulation techniques, such as the incorporation of solubility-enhancing agents or the association of the conjugates with particles, such as those described above. For example, formulations for parenteral administration of the compounds can contain a suitable carrier that can increase the solubility of the conjugates disclosed herein. For example, the compounds disclosed herein can be encapsulated in, covalently bond to, or complexed with polymeric nanoparticles, microparticles, or micelles, such as nanoparticles, microparticles, or micelles formed by a poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), poly (lactic-co-gly colic acid)- poly(ethylene glycol), poly(lactic acid)-poly(ethylene oxide), poly(caprolactone)- poly (ethylene glycol), or a copolymer thereof.
Formulations of the compounds for parenteral administration may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed, sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted and programmed release formulations. Thus, the compounds may be formulated as a solid, semi-solid, or thixotropic liquid for administration as an implanted depot providing modified release of the active agents. Examples of such formulations include drug-coated stents and poly(dl-lactic-coglycolic)acid (PGLA) microspheres.
3. Pulmonary and Mucosal Formulations
The compounds can be formulated for pulmonary or mucosal administration. The administration can include delivery of the composition to the lungs, nasal, oral (sublingual, buccal), vaginal, or rectal mucosa.
For example, the compounds can also be administered intranasally or by oral inhalation, typically in the form of a dry powder (either alone, as a mixture, for example, in a dry blend with lactose, or as a mixed component particle, for example, mixed with phospholipids, such as phosphatidylcholine) from a dry powder inhaler or
as an aerosol spray from a pressurized container, pump, spray, atomiser (preferably an atomiser using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist), or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant, such as water, ethanol-water mixture, 1 , 1 , 1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane. For intranasal or oral inhalation use, the powder may contain a bioadhesive agent, for example, chitosan or cyclodextrin. The term aerosol as used herein refers to any preparation of a fine mist of particles, which can be in solution or a suspension, whether or not it is produced using a propellant. Aerosols can be produced using standard techniques, such as ultrasonication or high-pressure treatment.
The pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer, or nebulizer contains a solution or suspension of one or more of the conjugates including, for example, ethanol, aqueous ethanol, or a suitable alternative agent for dispersing, solubilising, or extending release of the active, a propellant(s) as solvent and an optional surfactant, such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or an oligolactic acid.
Prior to use in a dry powder or suspension formulation, the compound is micronised to a size suitable for delivery by inhalation (typically less than 5 microns). This may be achieved by any appropriate comminuting method, such as spiral jet milling, fluid bed jet milling, supercritical fluid processing to form nanoparticles, high pressure homogenisation, or spray drying.
Capsules (made, for example, from gelatin or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose), blisters and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of the conjugates described herein, a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch and a performance modifier such as 1 -leucine, mannitol, or magnesium stearate. The lactose may be anhydrous or in the form of a monohydrate, preferably the latter. Other suitable excipients include dextran, glucose, maltose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose, and trehalose.
A suitable solution formulation containing the disclosed compounds for use in an atomizer using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist may contain from 1 pg to 20 mg of one or more of the conjugates described herein per actuation and the actuation volume may vary from 1 pl to 100 pl. A typical formulation may contain one or more of the compounds described herein, propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol and sodium chloride. Alternative solvents that may be used instead of propylene glycol include glycerol and polyethylene glycol.
Suitable flavors, such as menthol and levomenthol, or sweeteners, such as saccharin or saccharin sodium, may be added to those formulations intended for inhaled/intranasal administration.
Formulations for inhaled/intranasal administration of the compounds may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release using, for example, PGLA. Modified release formulations include delayed, sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted, and programmed release formulations.
In the case of dry powder inhalers and aerosols, the dosage unit is determined by means of a valve which delivers a metered amount. Units in accordance with the conjugates are typically arranged to administer a metered dose or "puff". The overall daily dose will be administered in a single dose or, more usually, as divided doses throughout the day.
In some forms, the compounds described herein can be formulated for pulmonary delivery, such as intranasal administration or oral inhalation. Carriers for pulmonary formulations containing the compounds can be divided into those for dry powder formulations and for administration as solutions. Aerosols for the delivery of therapeutic agents to the respiratory tract are known in the art. For administration via the upper respiratory tract, the formulation can be formulated into an aqueous solution, e.g., water or isotonic saline, buffered or un-buffered, or as an aqueous suspension, for intranasal administration as drops or as a spray. Such aqueous solutions or suspensions may be isotonic relative to nasal secretions and of about the same pH, ranging e.g., from about pH 4.0 to about pH 7.4 or, from pH 6.0 to pH 7.0. Buffers should be physiologically compatible and include, simply by way of example, phosphate buffers. One skilled in the art can readily determine a suitable saline content and pH for an innocuous aqueous solution for nasal and/or upper respiratory administration.
In some forms, the aqueous solution is water, physiologically acceptable aqueous solutions containing salts and/or buffers, such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS), or any other aqueous solution acceptable for administration to an animal or human. Such solutions are well known to a person skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, distilled water, de-ionized water, pure or ultrapure water, saline, phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). Other suitable aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride. Aqueous suspensions may include suspending agents such as cellulose derivatives, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone and gum tragacanth, and a wetting agent such as lecithin.
Suitable preservatives for aqueous suspensions include ethyl and n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate.
In some forms, solvents that are low toxicity organic (i.e. nonaqueous) class 3 residual solvents, such as ethanol, acetone, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, and propanol may be used for the formulations. The solvent is selected based on its ability to readily aerosolize the formulation. The solvent should not detrimentally react with the conjugates. An appropriate solvent should be used that dissolves the conjugates or forms a suspension of the conjugates. The solvent should be sufficiently volatile to enable formation of an aerosol of the solution or suspension. Additional solvents or aerosolizing agents, such as freons, can be added as desired to increase the volatility of the solution or suspension.
In some forms, the pharmaceutical compositions may contain minor amounts of polymers, surfactants, or other excipients well known to those of the art. In this context, “minor amounts” means no excipients are present that might affect or mediate uptake of the conjugates by cells and that the excipients that are present in amount that do not adversely affect uptake of conjugates by cells. In some forms, the compounds described herein may be associated with particles, such as those described above. For example, formulations for pulmonary or mucosal administration can contain a suitable carrier that can increase the solubility of the compounds disclosed herein. For example, the compounds disclosed herein can be encapsulated in, covalently bond to, or complexed with polymeric nanoparticles, microparticles, or micelles, such as nanoparticles, microparticles, or micelles formed by a poly(alkylene glycol) or a copolymer thereof.
Dry lipid powders can be directly dispersed in ethanol because of their hydrophobic character. For lipids stored in organic solvents such as chloroform, the desired quantity of solution is placed in a vial, and the chloroform is evaporated under a stream of nitrogen to form a dry thin film on the surface of a glass vial. The film swells easily when reconstituted with ethanol. To fully disperse the lipid molecules in the organic solvent, the suspension is sonicated. Nonaqueous suspensions of lipids can also be prepared in absolute ethanol using a reusable PARI LC Jet+ nebulizer (PARI Respiratory Equipment, Monterey, CA).
4. Topical Formulations
The compounds can be administered directly to the external surface of the skin or the mucous membranes (including the surface membranes of the nose, lungs and
mouth), such that the compounds cross the external surface of the skin or mucous membrane and enters the underlying tissues.
Formulations for topical administration of the disclosed compounds generally contain a dermatologically acceptable carrier that is suitable for application to the skin, has good aesthetic properties, is compatible with the active agents and any other components, and will not cause any untoward safety or toxicity concerns.
The carrier can be in a wide variety of forms. For example, emulsion carriers, including, but not limited to, oil-in-water, water-in-oil, water-in-oil-in-water, and oil- in- water-in- silicone emulsions, are useful herein. These emulsions can cover a broad range of viscosities, e.g., from about 100 cps to about 200,000 cps. These emulsions can also be delivered in the form of sprays using either mechanical pump containers or pressurized aerosol containers using conventional propellants. These carriers can also be delivered in the form of a mousse or a transdermal patch. Other suitable topical carriers include anhydrous liquid solvents such as oils, alcohols, and silicones (e.g., mineral oil, ethanol isopropanol, dimethicone, cyclomethicone, and the like); aqueous-based single phase liquid solvents (e.g., hydro-alcoholic solvent systems, such as a mixture of ethanol and/or isopropanol and water); and thickened versions of these anhydrous and aqueous-based single phase solvents (e.g. where the viscosity of the solvent has been increased to form a solid or semi-solid by the addition of appropriate gums, resins, waxes, polymers, salts, and the like). Examples of topical carrier systems useful in the present formulations are described in the following four references all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety: “Sun Products Formulary” Cosmetics & Toiletries, vol. 105, pp. 122-139 (December 1990); “Sun Products Formulary,” Cosmetics & Toiletries, vol. 102, pp. 117-136 (March 1987); U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,894 to Blank et al., and U.S. Pat. No. 5,681,852 to Bissett.
Formulations for topical administration of the compounds may be formulated to be immediate and/or modified release. Modified release formulations include delayed, sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted and programmed release formulations. Thus, the compounds may be formulated as a solid, semi-solid, or thixotropic liquid for administration as an implanted depot providing modified release of the active compound. Examples of such formulations include drug-coated stents and poly(dl-lactic-coglycolic)acid (PGLA) microspheres.
5. Additional Active Agent(s)
In some forms, the pharmaceutical composition or pharmaceutical formulation can include one or more additional active agents, such as one or more additional antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents. Antiviral and antiinflammatory agents that can be included in the pharmaceutical compositions or formulations are known, for example, see Erik De Clercq, Medmicro, Chapter 52 (2000); and the WebMD, “Anti-inflammatory Drugs,” web site webmd.com/arthritis/anti-inflammatory-drugs; Barnes, Nature, 402(6760): 31-38 (1999); and Rainsford, Inflammation in the pathogenesis of chronic diseases 3:27 (2007).
Exemplary antiviral drugs that can be included in the pharmaceutical composition or pharmaceutical formulation include, but are not limited to, chloroquine, darunavir, galidesivir, interferon beta, lopinavir, ritonavir, remdesivir, tribavirin, favipiravir, and triazavirin, and combinations thereof.
Exemplary anti-inflammatory drugs that can be included in the pharmaceutical composition or pharmaceutical formulation include, but are not limited to, ibuprofen, naproxen sodium, aspirin, naproxen sodium, diclofenac potassium, celecoxib, sulindac, oxaprozin, piroxicam, indomethacin, meloxicam, fenoprofen, naproxen, esomeprazole, diclofenac, diflunisal, etodolac, ketorolac tromethamine, katoprofen, meclofenamate, nabumetone, salsalate, tolmetin, and steroids, such as corticosteroids (e.g. hydrocortisone, cortisone, ethamethasoneb, prednisone, prednisolone, triamcinolone, methylprednisolone, and dexamethasone) and mineralocorticoids (e.g. fludrocortisone), and a combination thereof.
6. Effective Amount
Effective amounts of the compounds contained in the pharmaceutical composition or pharmaceutical formulation depend on many factors, including the indication being treated, the route of administration, co-administration of other therapeutic compositions, and the overall condition of the patient. For example, depending on the route of administration, a suitable dose may be calculated according to body weight, body surface areas or organ size. Further refinement of the calculations necessary to determine the appropriate treatment dose is routinely made by those of ordinary skill in the art without undue experimentation, especially in light of the dosage information and assays as well as the pharmacokinetic data obtainable through animal or human clinical trials.
In some forms, the total amount of the one or more compounds in the pharmaceutical formulation (in unit dosage form) can be from 0.001 mg to 1500 mg, from 0.01 mg to 1500 mg, from 0.1 mg to 1500 mg, from 1 mg to 1500 mg, from 10 mg to 1500 mg, from 20 mg to 1500 mg, from 0.01 mg to 1000 mg, from 0.1 mg to 1000 mg, from 1 mg to 1000 mg, from 10 mg to 1000 mg, from 20 mg to 1000 mg, from 0.01 mg to 700 mg, from 0.1 mg to 700 mg, from 1 mg to 700 mg, from 10 mg to 700 mg, from 20 mg to 700 mg, from 50 mg to 700 mg, from 0.01 mg to 500 mg, from 0.1 mg to 500 mg, from 1 mg to 500 mg, from 10 mg to 500 mg, from 20 mg to 500 mg, from 50 mg to 500 mg, from 0.01 mg to 100 mg, or from 0.1 mg to 100 mg.
In some forms, the total amount of the one or more compounds in the pharmaceutical formulation (in unit dosage form) is in a range from 1 mg to 1000 mg. For example, the total amount of the one or more compounds in a pill dosage form is from about 50 mg to about 400 mg, or from about 100 mg to about 300 mg (such as by considering the sheer volume restrictions on what a human can swallow). For example, the total amount of the one or more compounds in an IV dosage form is from about 10 mg to about 500 mg (e.g., provided by reconstitution of 10-500 mg of the compounds in solid form in sterile water or saline).
In some forms, the total amount of the one or more compounds in the pharmaceutical formulation can be at least 0.01 wt%, at least 0.05 wt%, at least 0.1 wt%, in a range from about 0.01 wt% to about 50 wt%, from about 0.05 wt% to about 50 wt%, from about 0. 1 wt% to about 50 wt%, from about 0.01 wt% to about 40 wt%, from about 0.05 wt% to about 40 wt%, from about 0.1 wt% to about 40 wt%, from about 0.01 wt% to about 30 wt%, from about 0.05 wt% to about 30 wt%, from about 0.1 wt% to about 30 wt%, from 0.01 wt% to 20 wt%, from about 0.05 wt% to about 20 wt%, from about 0.1 wt% to about 20 wt%, from about 0.1 wt% to about 15 wt%, from about 0.2 wt% to about 20 wt%, from about 0.1 wt% to about 10 wt%, from about 0.5 wt% to about 20 wt%, from about 0.5 wt% to about 15 wt%, from about 0.5 wt% to about 10 wt%, from about 0.5 wt% to about 5 wt%, from about 0.1 wt% to about 5 wt%, or from about 0. 1 wt% to about 1 wt%. The term “total amount of the one or more compounds in the pharmaceutical formulation” refers to the sum of the weight of the one or more compounds relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical formulation.
Optionally, the total amount of the one or more compounds in the pharmaceutical formulation is effective to prevent or treat a viral infection in a subject
in need thereof, such as to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with an RNA viral infection.
III. Methods of Making and Reagents Thereof
The compounds described herein can be synthesized using methods known in the art of organic chemical synthesis. Generally, the method of producing the compound includes: (i) oxidizing a riboside to form a raw product comprising the compound; and (ii) purifying the raw product to produce a purified product.
The riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of Formula I’ a:
or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, wherein: (i) R1 can be a prodrug side chain, such as any of those described above; (ii) R2 can be a nucleobase or analogue thereof, such as any of those described above for Formulae F, I, II’, and II; and (hi) R3 can be a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl.
In some forms, the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of
Formula la or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, wherein: (i) R1 can be a prodrug side chain, such as any of those described above; (ii) R2 can be a nucleobase or analogue thereof, such as any of those described above for Formulae I’, I, II’, and II; and (iii) R3 can be a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl.
In some forms, the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of
Formula II’ a:
or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, wherein: (i) R1 can be a prodrug side chain, such as any of those described above; and (ii) R2 can be a nucleobase or analogue thereof, such as any of those described above for Formulae F, I, IF, and II.
Formula Ila or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, wherein: (i) R1 can be a prodrug side chain, such as any of those described above; and (ii) R2 can be a nucleobase or analogue thereof, such as any of those described above for Formulae F, I, IF, and II.
In some forms, the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of Formula III’ a:
or a pharmaceutical salt thereof.
In some forms, the riboside being oxidized in step (i) can have the structure of
The riboside being oxidized in step (i) (such as the riboside of Formulae I’ a, IF a, and III’ a) may contain one or more chiral centers or may otherwise be capable of existing as multiple stereoisomers. These may be pure (single) stereoisomers or mixtures of stereoisomers, such as enantiomers, diastereomers, and enantiomerically or diastereomerically enriched mixtures. The riboside may be capable of existing as geometric isomers. Accordingly, it is to be understood that the riboside being oxidized in step (i) include pure geometric isomers or mixtures of geometric isomers.
The oxidation reaction in step (i) (i.e., oxidizing the riboside) for converting secondary alcohols to ketones can be performed using reactions known in the art. Examples of known reactions suitable for oxidizing the riboside in step (i) include, but are not limited to, Corey-Kim Oxidation, Dess-Martin Oxidation, Oppenauer Oxidation, and Swern Oxidation. Typically, selective and mild oxidation conditions are preferably used to convert the 3 ’-hydroxyl group to the 3 ’-ketone or aldehyde for nucleosides in step (i), such as by using Dess-Martin Oxidation. The Des-Martin Oxidation is selective, relatively mild, and readily performed in a solvent such as dichloromethane, chloroform, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, or various combinations (e.g., 12-1-5 -periodinane (i.e., Dess-Martin Periodinane or DMP), DMSO/DCC, CrO3/pyridine/Ac2O, DMSO/oxalyl chloride, and DMSO/Ac2O reagents). For example, the Dess-Martin Oxidation reaction can be carried out at room temperature, and is usually complete within minutes to hours such as overnight, and the raw product can be easily separated from the iodo-compound byproduct after basic work-up (see, e.g. , Robins et al. (1997) Tetrahedron 53(2):447-456; https://www.organic-chemistry.org/namedreactions/dess-martin-oxidation.shtm; Dess
et al. (1983) J. Org. Chem. 48 (22): 4155-4156; and Meyer et al. (1994) J. Org. Chem. 59 (24): 7549-7552).
The raw product produced in step (i) is purified in step (ii) to produce a purified product that contains the disclosed compounds. The purification in step (ii) can be performed using methods known in the art, such as by using reverse phase chromatographic separation and/or vacuum concentration. For example, purification in step (ii) is performed by using reverse phase chromatographic separation to isolate the target fraction(s) and optionally vacuum concentration of the target fraction(s). Optionally, salt removal or exchange can be carried out in step (ii) if needed by standard techniques. Optionally, the concentrates produced by vacuum concentration can be further worked up by, for example, dissolving in phosphate buffered saline (PBS), DMSO, or other solvates for testing or additional processing.
Typically, the compound in the purified product has a purity suitable for a given end use, for example, technical or laboratory grade for general research settings up to a grade that meets or exceeds pharmaceutical grade (e.g., United States Pharmacopeia (USP) grade) for food or medicinal use. As can be appreciated, purity reflects the presence of the desired species (i.e., the compounds disclosed herein) and the presence of byproducts, residual chemicals, or macromolecule contaminants that occur during production and purification processes.
For example, the purity of the compound in the purified product is at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99%). Methods for determining the purity of the compound in the purified product are known, such as analytical test (for example High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), sensitive colorimetric assays and the like) and biology assays (for example assay with enzymatic or cell based assays to complement analytical tests). For example, the compound purity in the purified product is readily assessed by HPLC optionally coupled with mass spectrometry (MS) detection, and in particular by Reverse Phase (RP) HPLC and optionally coupled with linear ion trap mass spectrometry (LIT-MS). For example, the purity of the compound in the purified product is at least about 50% as determined by high performance liquid chromatography .
The purified product obtained in step (ii) can be stored or formulated in various formats and dosage forms, including, but not limited to, as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. The concentration and activity of the compounds in
the purified product can be determined by standard techniques. For example, functional performance of the compounds in the purified product can be assessed for a biological activity, and usually a minimum activity. For example, the exemplary 2’-methyl-3’- ketoadenosine compound MKA reconstituted in PBS solution at a concentration of lOOmM and purity of about 50% or greater exhibits ex vivo: (a) half effective concentration EC50 of 20uM or less as measured by hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis relative to 100% inhibition of HCV by 1.0 uM danoprevir; and/or (b) half cytotoxicity concentration CC50 of 500 uM or greater as measured by Cell Counting Kit-8 (CCK8) live cell counting assay in 100% fresh media.
More specific reagents, reaction conditions, products formed, and purifications are described in the Examples.
IV. Methods of Using
The compounds described herein have antiviral properties. It is believed that these compounds can terminate elongation of nucleic acid chains, and thus can be potent virus chain elongation inhibitors, such as potent RNA virus chain elongation inhibitors. For example, the compounds exhibit activity against RNA-dependent RNA polymerase of the RNA virus (viral RdRp) and terminates viral RdRp-mediated RNA chain elongation. Accordingly, the compounds disclosed herein are particularly suitable for use in preventing or treating a variety of viral infections, in particular infections caused by RNA virus. For example, the compounds disclosed herein are used for preventing or treating a viral infection in a cell, where the cell can be in vitro or in vivo (such as in a human in need thereof).
It will be appreciated the disclosed methods can be methods of treatment of the symptoms and conditions associated with viral infections. “Treatment” refers to the medical management of a target, such as a cell or a patient, with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent a disease, pathological condition, or disorder. This term includes active treatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward the improvement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and also includes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal of the cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder. In addition, this term includes palliative treatment, that is, treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing of the disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventative treatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially or completely inhibiting the development of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment,
that is, treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directed toward the improvement of the associated disease, pathological condition, or disorder.
A. Preventing or Treating Viral Infections
Generally, the method for preventing or treating a viral infection in a cell includes administering to the cell one or more the disclosed compounds or a pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the compounds disclosed herein. The cell can be in vitro or in vivo.
For example, the method disclosed herein is for preventing or treating a viral infection in a cell in vitro, which includes administering to the cell one or more the disclosed compounds or a pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the compounds disclosed herein.
For example, the method disclosed herein is for preventing or treating a viral infection in a subject in need thereof (i.e., treating cells in vivo, where the cells are in the subject, such as a human or other mammal), which includes administering to the subject a pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the compounds disclosed herein.
The administration step of the disclosed method can occur one or more times. Typically, following a single administration or all of the administrations of the compound or pharmaceutical formulation, an effective amount of the compound is administered to the cell (in vitro or in vivo) for a given end use, such as to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection.
For example, following a single administration or all of the administrations of the compound or pharmaceutical formulation, an effective amount of the compound to prevent or treat a viral infection in a cell in vitro (as shown by the improvement and/or relief of one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection, e.g., by the inhibition of cell replication), is administered to the cell.
For example, following a single administration or all of the administrations of the pharmaceutical formulation, an effective amount of the compound to prevent or treat a viral infection in a subject in need thereof (i.e., treating cells in vivo), as shown by the improvement and/or relief of one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection in the subject, is administered to the subject.
Optionally, the disclosed method further includes administering one or more additional active agents to the cell or subject, such as one or more antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents. Administration of the additional active
agents may be performed prior to, during, and/or subsequent to the administration or each administration of the compounds or pharmaceutical formulation containing the disclosed compounds.
The cell being treated using the disclosed method can be a cell of a mammal, such as a human, a dog, a cat, a rat, a monkey, rabbits, guinea pigs, etc., that is in need of treatment.
In some forms, the cell or subject being treated using the disclosed method is infected by an RNA virus. The RNA virus infecting the subject can be a virus of a variety of families, such as Flaviviridae (e.g., hepatitis), Orthomyxoviridae (e.g., influenza), Filoviridae (e.g., Ebola), Coronaviridae (e.g., SARs), and Paramyxoviridae (e.g., parainfluenza).
1. Administration Routes
The pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the disclosed compounds can be administered to the subject by oral administration, parenteral administration (such as intramuscular administration, intravenous administration, intraperitoneal administration, or subcutaneous administration, or a combination thereof, e.g., intravenous injection or infusion), inhalation, mucosal administration (through mouth or nasal), or topical administration, or a combination thereof.
For example, the pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the disclosed compounds can be orally administered to a subject by a medical professional or the subject being treated (e.g., self-administration). The pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the disclosed compounds can be administered as tablets, capsules containing particulates, granules, powders, lozenges (including liquid-filled lozenges), chews, multi- and nano-particulates, gels, or liquids (e.g., solution or suspensions in aqueous or non-aqueous solvent).
Optionally, the pharmaceutical formulation containing one or more of the disclosed compounds can be administered to the subject by intravenous injection or intraperitoneal injection. The intravenous injection or intraperitoneal injection can be performed by a medical professional or the subject being treated (e.g., self-injection).
2. Effective Amount
For example, if the unit dosage form contains an effective amount of the compounds to prevent or treat the viral infection in the subject, as indicated by the improvement and/or relief of one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection in the subject, then the method only requires a single administration step.
Alternatively, if the unit dosage form contains less than the needed effective amount of the compounds to prevent or treat the viral infection in the subject, then the method involves at least two steps of administering the pharmaceutical formulation, and optionally more than two steps of administering the pharmaceutical formulation to the subject until an effective amount of the compounds is administered to the subject to prevent or treat the viral infection, as indicated by the improvement and/or relief of one or more symptoms associated with the viral infection in the subject. When multiple administration steps are needed to administer an effective amount of the compounds to the subject, each administration step may involve administering the same dosage or different dosages of the pharmaceutical formulation to the patient; and the administration step may be repeated one or more times for a period of time. In some forms, the administration step is repeated once, twice, or three times, per day, for a time period of one day, three days, one week, two weeks, or one month. For example, the administration step is repeated every 4 hours, every 6 hours, every 12 hours, or every day, optionally for a time period from 1 day to 1 month, from 1 day to 2 weeks, from 1 day to 1 week, or from 1 day to 3 days.
In some forms, treatment regimens utilizing the compounds include administration of from about 0.1 mg to about 300 mg of the compounds per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day, achieved in multiple doses or in a single dose. In some embodiments, a suitable dose of the compounds may be in the range of 0.05 to 300 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 0.05 to 200 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 0.05 to 100 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 0.1 to 300 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 0.1 to 200 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 0.1 to 100 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient, 1 to 150 mg per kilogram body weight, 1 to 100 mg per kilogram body weight, 2 to 100 mg per kilogram body weight, 2 to 50 mg per kilogram body weight, 2 to 25 mg per kilogram body weight, 5 to 100 mg per kilogram body weight, 5 to 80 mg per kilogram body weight, 5 to 50 mg per kilogram body weight, 5 to 30 mg per kilogram body weight, 0.5 to 50 mg per kilogram body weight, or 5 to 20 mg per kilogram body weight, such as about 10 mg per kilogram body weight. Such a dose of compounds may be administered one time or multiple times in a day to achieve a suitable treatment regimen, such as from about 0.1 mg to about 300 mg of the conjugates per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day. For example, to achieve the treatment regimens as described above, the dosage of the compounds in the pharmaceutical formulation in
step (i) is from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, from about 0.5 mg to about 50 mg, from about 1 mg to about 100 mg, from about 0.1 mg to about 50 mg, from about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg, from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg, from about 2 mg to about 100 mg, from about 2 mg to about 50 mg, from about 2 mg to about 25 mg, or from about 5 mg to about 20 mg per kg of the subject.
The disclosed compounds, formulations, and methods can be further understood through the following numbered paragraphs.
Formula I or a stereoisomer thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the stereoisomer thereof, wherein: (i) R1 is a prodrug side chain; (ii) R2 is a nucleobase or an analogue thereof; and (iii) R3 is a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl.
Formula II
Paragraph 3. The compound of paragraph 1 or paragraph 2, wherein R1 is hydrogen, a carbonyl (e.g., an ester or a thioester), a phosphonyl (e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate), a thiophosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
Paragraph 4. The compound of paragraph 3, wherein R1 is hydrogen, -
wherein each R4 or R5 is independently H, an unsubstituted (C1-C8) alkyl, a substituted (C1-C8) alkyl, an unsubstituted (C2-C8) alkenyl, a substituted (C2-C8) alkenyl, an unsubstituted (C2-C8) alkynyl, or a substituted (C2-C8) alkynyl, and wherein each substituent (when present) is independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted polyheteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, a carbonyl, an alkoxy, a halogen, a hydroxyl, a phenoxy, a thiol, an alkylthio, a phenylthio, an arylthio, a cyano, an isocyano, a nitro, a carboxyl, an amino, an amido, an oxo, a silyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, a sulfonic acid, a phosphonium, a phosphanyl, a phosphoryl, or a phosphonyl.
Paragraph 5. The compound of any one of paragraphs 1-4, wherein R1 is hydrogen, 2-methyl-propinyl, or ProTide phosphoramidate.
Paragraph 6. The compound of any one of paragraphs 1-5, wherein R2 is adenine or an adenine analogue.
MKA
Paragraph 8. The compound of any one of paragraphs 1-7, wherein the compound has ex vivo: (a) a half effective concentration EC50 of 20uM or less as measured by hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis relative to 100% inhibition of HCV by 1.0 pM danoprevir; and/or (b) a half cytotoxicity concentration CC50 of 500 pM or greater as measured by Cell Counting Kit-8 (CCK8) live cell counting assay in 100% fresh media.
Paragraph 9. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising:
(a) one or more compounds of any one of paragraphs 1-8 or a stereoisomer thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the stereoisomer thereof; and
(b) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
Paragraph 10. The pharmaceutical formulation of paragraph 9, wherein the pharmaceutical formulation further comprises one or more active agents, and optionally wherein the one or more active agents are one or more antiviral agents and/or one or more anti-inflammatory agents.
Paragraph 11. A method of producing a 2’ -alky 1-3’ -ketoribose, comprising:
Formula la wherein: (i) R1 is a prodrug side chain; (ii) R2 is a nucleobase or analogue thereof; and (iii) R3 is a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl; and
(ii) purifying the raw product to produce a purified product, wherein the compound in the purified product has a purity suitable for use in food or medicine.
Paragraph 12. The method of paragraph 1 1 , wherein the riboside being oxidized in step (i) has the structure of:
Formula Ila
Paragraph 13. The method of paragraph 11 or 12, wherein R1 is hydrogen, a carbonyl (e.g., an ester or a thioester), a phosphonyl (e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate), a thiophosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
Paragraph 14. The method of any one of paragraphs 11-13, wherein R1 is hydrogen, 2-methyl-propinyl, or ProTide phosphoramidate.
Paragraph 15. The method of any one of paragraphs 11-14, wherein R2 is adenine or an adenine analogue.
Paragraph 16. The method of any one of paragraphs 11-15, wherein the riboside being oxidized in step (i) has the structure of:
Formula Illa
Paragraph 17. The method of any one of paragraphs 11-16, wherein the purity of the compound in the purified product is at least about 50% as determined by high performance liquid chromatography.
Paragraph 18. The method of any one of paragraphs 11-17, wherein the oxidation reaction of step (i) is performed using Dess-Martin oxidation.
Paragraph 19. The method of any one of paragraphs 11-18, wherein the purification of step (ii) is performed using reverse phase chromatographic separation or vacuum concentration, or a combination thereof.
Paragraph 20. A method for preventing or treating a viral infection in a cell in need thereof comprising
(i) administering to the cell one or more of the compounds of any one of paragraphs 1-8 or the pharmaceutical formulation of paragraph 9 or 10, wherein step (i) occurs one or more times.
Paragraph 21. The method of paragraph 20, wherein the cell is infected by an RNA virus.
Paragraph 22. The method of paragraph 21 , wherein the cell is in a subject infected by the RNA virus.
Paragraph 23. The method of paragraph 21 or 22, wherein the RNA virus is of a family selected from the group consisting of Flaviviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Filoviridae, Coronaviridae, and Paramyxoviridae.
Paragraph 24. The method of any one of paragraphs 20-23, wherein in step (i), the pharmaceutical formulation is administered by oral administration or intravenous administration.
Examples Example 1: Exemplary 3 ’-ketoriboside analogues inhibit HCV replication with little cytotoxicity
Materials and Methods
Synthesis of 2’ -methyl-3’ -ketoadenosine (MKA)
About 65 milligrams (mg) of 2’ -methyladenosine (2CMA, Cas # 15397-12-3, Carbosynth-BioSynth) was dissolved in 0.25M dimethylformamide (DMF)/dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) (1 : 1). An equal mole (~98mg) of Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP, CAS # 87413-09-0; Sigma) was added directly to the solution and vortex to dissolve the DMP. White precipitates of iodinane by-products were observed after overnight incubation at room temperature (RT, about 23° at latm). After spinning down the precipitates, the supernatant solution was diluted in 10X volume of 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in water and sat still for 30 min to allow more iodinane by-product precipitation. The precipitates were removed by centrifugation and the supernatant was loaded onto a fast protein liquid chromatography -re verse phase-C18 (FPLC-RP-C18) cartridge at 5 mL/min and eluted with a 70 min gradient from 0% to 30% acetonitrile (ACN). NGC chromatography system from Bio-Rad Laboratories (Hercules, CA) was used for reverse phase FPLC-C18 separation and FLASHPure, C18 30 um flash cartridges (40g) were purchased from BUCHI. Thermo-LTQ mass spectrometry was used to check the compositions of the eluted fractions (FIG. 1). The unreacted 2’-CMA MH+: 282.36 were eluted out early, followed by 2’- methyladenosine-5 ’ -acid, MH+: 296.18, and 2’ -C-methyladenosine-5 ’ -aldehyde hydrate, MH+: 298.27. The 2’- methyls’ -ketoadenosine, MH+: 280.26, were closely eluted out with the 5’ -aldehyde hydrate with slightly delay. The tube with the highest amount of 280.26 contents were dried by Speed-Vac and dissolved in IX phosphate buffered saline (PBS). The concentrations of the nucleosides were determined by NanoDrop uv 260 nm absorption using 2CMA as standard curve.
Synthesis of 2’ -methyl-3’ -ketoguanosine (MKG)
Dess-Martin periodinane oxidation of 2 ’-methylguanosine to produce 2’- methyl-3’ -ketoguanosine was carried out as described above for 2’-methyl-3’- ketoadenosine synthesis. Briefly, about 104 milligrams (mg) of 2’ -methylguanosine
(2CMG, Cas # 374750-30-8, Carbosynth-BioSynth) was dissolved in 0.25M DMF/DMSO (1 :1). An equal mole (~148mg) of Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP, CAS # 87413-09-0; Sigma) was added directly to the solution and vortex to dissolve the DMP. White precipitates of iodinane by-products were observed after overnight incubation at RT. After spinning down the precipitates, the supernatant solution was diluted in 10X volume of 0. 1% TFA in water and sat still for 30 min to allow more iodinane by-product precipitation. The precipitates were removed by centrifugation and the supernatant was loaded onto a FPLC-RP-C18 cartridge at 5 mL/min and eluted with a 70 min gradient from 0% to 30% ACN. NGC chromatography system from Bio-Rad Laboratories (Hercules, CA) was used for reverse phase FPLC-C18 separation and FLASHPure, Cl 8 30 um flash cartridges (40g) were purchased from BUCHI. Thermo- LTQ mass spectrometry was used to check the compositions of the eluted fractions. The fractions with the highest amount of 296.26 contents were dried by Speed-Vac and dissolved in IX PBS. The concentrations of the nucleosides were determined by NanoDrop uv 260 nm absorption using 2CMG as standard curve.
Anti-viral activity and cytotoxicity testing
MKA and MKG compounds were tested for anti RNA virus activity using the hepatitis C virus (HCV) viral replicon replication in the human Huh7 cell line (ATCC: PTA-4583). The HCV replicon has all the viral structural proteins deleted and is maintained by its RNA-dependent RNA polymerase (RdRP) NS5B (Lohmann el al. (1999) Science 255(5424): 110-113). The cell line was maintained in DMEM with 10% FBS and Img/mL Geneticin (Gibco) for selection of the HCV replicon at 37 °C in a 5% CO2 incubator. For HCV inhibitory drug test, -8000 cells in 100 uL DMEM with 10% FBS were cultured 96 well plates for two days. Then the media were removed and replaced with lOOuL of the MKA and MKG test articles at various concentrations in the DMEM with 10% FBS media and cultured for 48 hours. After 2-days culture, the TaqMan Fast Advanced Cells-to-Ct Kits (A35377, ThermoFisher Scientific) were used for cell lysis, RT and qPCR following the manufacture’s protocols. 20uL lysis buffer was used for each well, and lOuL reactions were used for both RT and qPCR reaction. The ACTB (|)-actin) primer set in the TaqMan Cell-to-Ct control kit (ThermoFisher) was used for endogenous mRNA control. The primers for qPCR of HCV are: HCV- 131F: GGGAGAGCCATAGTGGTCTGC (SEQ ID NO: 1); HCV-231R: CCCAAATCTCCAGGCATTGA (SEQ ID NO:2); detection probe: 5’ 6-FAM- CGGAATTGCCAGGACGACCGG ) (SEQ ID NO:3).
The wells with DMEM/10% FBS without MKA or MKG test articles were used as negative controls. The inhibition of 1.0 uM Danoprevir (ITMN-191, ApexBio), an effective HCV protease inhibitor, was set as 100% inhibition. For cytotoxicity test, -1500 to 1600 cells in lOOuL DMEM with 10% FBS were cultured in 96-well plates for 2 days and treated with different concentrations of drugs for 48 hours the same as the inhibition test. Then lOul of cell counting kit 8 (WST-8/CCK8, Abeam) was added to every lOOuL culture in each well and incubated at 37 °C for 3 to 6 hours and the absorption at 460 nm was measured for each well. Media without cells were used as negative control. Cells in the media without drug were used as 100% viability.
Results
MKA and MKG test articles were dissolved in IX PBS, sterile filtered by 0. 1 uM filters and stored in 4 °C or -20 °C for up to two months without significant activity changes. The hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis and % cell viability of CCK8 in the presence of MKA, MKG, and known compounds (i.e., Remdesivir, N4- hydroxycytidine, and 3 ’-deoxycytidine are shown in FIGs. 2A-2D. Consistent with the analytical data showing between about 1% to 10% purity in a trial synthesis, the MKG test article was found to exhibit a similarly low half effective concentration (EC50) of around lOOuM (data not shown). In contrast, the MKA test article was obtained in a trial synthesis at a purity of about 50% or greater and found to exhibit an EC50 around 20 uM and CC50 of about 800 uM or more (FIG. 2D). The selective index (SI = CC50/EC50) for MKA was around 40. Thus, MKA was found to be an effective HCV replication inhibitor with little cytotoxicity after only a relatively simple DMP oxidation synthesis and FPLC purification scheme.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which the disclosed invention belongs. Publications cited herein and the materials for which they are cited are specifically incorporated by reference. Further, unless otherwise indicated, use of the expression “wt%” refers to “wt/wt%.”
Those skilled in the art will recognize or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.
Claims
Formula I or a stereoisomer thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the stereoisomer thereof, wherein: (i) R1 is a prodrug side chain; (ii) R2 is a nucleobase or an analogue thereof; and (iii) R3 is a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl.
Formula II
3. The compound of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein R1 is hydrogen, a carbonyl (e.g., an ester or a thioester), a phosphonyl (e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate), a thiophosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
4. The compound of any one of claims 1-3, wherein R1 is hydrogen, 2-methyl- propinyl, or ProTide phosphoramidate.
5. The compound of any one of claims 1-4, wherein R2 is adenine or an adenine analogue.
MKA
7. The compound of any one of claims 1-6, wherein the compound has ex vivo: (a) a half effective concentration EC50 of 20uM or less as measured by hepatitis C (HCV) replicon analysis relative to 100% inhibition of HCV by 1.0 pM danoprevir; and/or (b) a half cytotoxicity concentration CC50 of 500 pM or greater as measured by Cell Counting Kit-8 (CCK8) live cell counting assay in 100% fresh media.
8. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising:
(a) one or more compounds of any one of claims 1-7 or a stereoisomer thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the stereoisomer thereof; and
(b) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
9. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 8, wherein the pharmaceutical formulation further comprises one or more active agents, and optionally wherein the one or more active agents are one or more antiviral agents and/or one or more antiinflammatory agents.
10. A method of producing a 2’-alkyl-3’-ketoribose, comprising:
Formula la wherein: (i) Rd is a prodrug side chain; (ii) R2 is a nucleobase or analogue thereof; and (iii) R3 is a C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl; and
(ii) purifying the raw product to produce a purified product, wherein the compound in the purified product has a purity suitable for use in food or medicine.
Formula Ila
12. The method of claim 10 or 11, wherein R1 is hydrogen, a carbonyl (e.g., an ester or a thioester), a phosphonyl (e.g., a phosphoester or a phosphoramidate), a thiophosphonyl, a sulfinyl, a sulfonyl, or a sulfamoyl.
13. The method of any one of claims 10-12, wherein R1 is hydrogen, 2-methyl- propinyl, or ProTide phosphoramidate.
14. The method of any one of claims 10-13, wherein R2 is adenine or an adenine analogue.
15. The method of any one of claims 10-14, wherein the riboside being oxidized in step (i) has the structure of:
Formula Illa
16. The method of any one of claims 10-15, wherein the purity of the compound in the purified product is at least about 50% as determined by high performance liquid chromatography.
17. The method of any one of claims 10-16, wherein the oxidation reaction of step (i) is performed using Dess-Martin oxidation.
18. The method of any one of claims 10-17, wherein the purification of step (ii) is performed using reverse phase chromatographic separation or vacuum concentration, or a combination thereof.
19. A method for preventing or treating a viral infection in a cell in need thereof comprising
(i) administering to the cell one or more of the compounds of any one of claims 1 -7 or the pharmaceutical formulation of claim 8 or 9, wherein step (i) occurs one or more times.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the cell is infected by an RNA virus.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein the cell is in a subject infected by the RNA virus.
22. The method of claim 20 or 21 , wherein the RNA virus is of a family selected from the group consisting of Flaviviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Filoviridae, Coronaviridae, and Paramyxoviridae.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202263386069P | 2022-12-05 | 2022-12-05 | |
US63/386,069 | 2022-12-05 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024123749A1 true WO2024123749A1 (en) | 2024-06-13 |
WO2024123749A9 WO2024123749A9 (en) | 2024-07-18 |
Family
ID=89542311
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2023/082465 WO2024123749A1 (en) | 2022-12-05 | 2023-12-05 | Antiviral compounds and methods of making and use thereof |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2024123749A1 (en) |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5605894A (en) | 1991-11-25 | 1997-02-25 | Richardson-Vicks Inc. | Compositions for regulating skin wrinkles and/or skin atrophy |
US5681852A (en) | 1993-11-12 | 1997-10-28 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Desquamation compositions |
CN105646629A (en) * | 2014-11-25 | 2016-06-08 | 广州市恒诺康医药科技有限公司 | L-nucleoside compounds and application thereof |
-
2023
- 2023-12-05 WO PCT/US2023/082465 patent/WO2024123749A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5605894A (en) | 1991-11-25 | 1997-02-25 | Richardson-Vicks Inc. | Compositions for regulating skin wrinkles and/or skin atrophy |
US5681852A (en) | 1993-11-12 | 1997-10-28 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Desquamation compositions |
CN105646629A (en) * | 2014-11-25 | 2016-06-08 | 广州市恒诺康医药科技有限公司 | L-nucleoside compounds and application thereof |
Non-Patent Citations (26)
Title |
---|
"Anti-inflammatory Drugs", WEBMD, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:webmd.com/arthritis/anti-inflammatory-drugs> |
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 2020, ACADEMIC PRESS |
"Sun Products Formulary", COSMETICS & TOILETRIES, vol. 102, March 1987 (1987-03-01), pages 117 - 136 |
"Sun Products Formulary", COSMETICS & TOILETRIES, vol. 105, December 1990 (1990-12-01), pages 122 - 139 |
BARNES, NATURE, vol. 402, no. 6760, 1999, pages 31 - 38 |
DENTMON ZACKERY W. ET AL: "Synthesis and Antiviral Evaluation of 2',3'-[beta]-C-Disubstituted Nucleoside Analogue ProTides to Test a Conformational Model of Potency Against Hepatitis C", SYNLETT, vol. 34, no. 13, 27 October 2022 (2022-10-27), DE, pages 1607 - 1615, XP093133475, ISSN: 0936-5214, DOI: 10.1055/a-1904-0249 * |
DESS ET AL., J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 48, no. 22, 1983, pages 4155 - 4156 |
ELDRUP A B ET AL: "Structure-Activity Relationship of Purine Ribonucleosides for Inhibition of Hepatitis C Virus RNA-Dependent RNA Polymerase", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 47, no. 9, 1 January 2004 (2004-01-01), pages 2283 - 2295, XP002391265, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/JM030424E * |
ERIK DE CLERCQ, MEDMICRO, 2000 |
EYER ET AL., ANTIVIR CHEM CHEMOTHER, vol. 26, 2018, pages 2040206618761299 |
EYER ET AL., ANTIVIRAL CHEMISTRY & CHEMOTHERAPY, vol. 26, 2018, pages 2040206618761299 |
HOLEC ET AL., CURR HIV RES, vol. 15, no. 6, 2017, pages 411 - 421 |
KOKIC ET AL., NAT COMMUN, vol. 12, no. 1, 2021, pages 279 |
LIANGCHEN, EXPERT OPINION IN THERAPEUTIC PATENTS, vol. 11, no. 6, 2001, pages 981 - 986 |
LO ET AL., SCI REP, vol. 7, 2017, pages 43395 |
LOHMANN, SCIENCE, vol. 285, no. 374750-30-8, 1999, pages 110 - 113 |
MASLOVA ET AL., MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, vol. 56, no. 3, 2022, pages 469 - 473 |
MEHELLOU ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 61, 2018, pages 2211 - 2226 |
MEYER ET AL., J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 59, no. 24, 1994, pages 7549 - 7552 |
RAINSFORD, INFLAMMATION IN THE PATHOGENESIS OF CHRONIC DISEASES, vol. 3, 2007, pages 27 |
ROBINS ET AL., TETRAHEDRON, vol. 53, no. 2, 1997, pages 447 - 456, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://www.organic-chemistry.org/namedreactions/dess-martin-oxidation.shtm> |
SELEY-RADTKE ET AL., ANTIVIRAL CHEMISTRY AND CHEMOTHERAPY, vol. 26, 2018, pages 1 - 12 |
SELEY-RADTKE ET AL., ANTIVIRAL RESEARCH, vol. 154, 2018, pages 66 - 86 |
SHEAHAN ET AL., SCI TRANSL MED, vol. 72, no. 541, 2020 |
YANG ET AL., J MED CHEM, vol. 65, no. 13, 2022, pages 8686 - 8698 |
YATES ET AL., ANTIVIRAL RES, vol. 162, 2019, pages 5 - 21 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2024123749A9 (en) | 2024-07-18 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN104640444B (en) | Double liver target phosphoramidates and aminophosphonic acid ester prodrugs | |
BR112020018209A2 (en) | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS, PRESSURIZED CONTAINER, AND, METHODS FOR TREATING OR PREVENTING A VIRAL INFECTION AND TO TREAT OR PREVENT A HUMAN CORONAVIRUS, CORONAVIRUS SARS, CORONAVIRUS MERS, ENCEPHALITIS ECLINIS, EQUAL ENVIRONMENTAL EQUALINE CHICUNGUNHA, ROSS RIVER VIRUS, RSV, INFLUENZA A VIRUS, INFLUENZA B VIRUS, TACARIBE VIRUS, PICHINDE VIRUS, JUNIN VIRUS, LASSA FEVER VIRUS, LYMPHOCYTROUS VIRUS, TYRUS, VIRUS, VIRUS, VIRUS, RER MAPORAL, HEARTLAND VIRUS, AND SEVERE FEVER THROMBOCYTOPENIA SYNDROME VIRUS, POLIOVIRUS, COXSACKIE VIRUS, NOROVIRUS OR ENTEROVIRUS INFECTION IN A PATIENT | |
CA3139977A1 (en) | Peptidomimetics for the treatment of coronavirus and picornavirus infections | |
AU776437B2 (en) | Methods of treatment of mitochondrial disorders | |
FI111722B (en) | Process for Preparation of the (-) Enantiomer of cis-4-amino-1- (2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-oxathiolan-5-yl) - (1H) -pyrimidin-2-one to be used as an antiviral agent | |
ES2536831T3 (en) | Methods and compositions for polymerase inhibition | |
CA3214726A1 (en) | Nucleosides and nucleotides analogs as antiviral agents | |
US8551972B2 (en) | Agonists of A2A adenosine receptors for treating recurrent tumor growth | |
CA2913194C (en) | Bisulfate of janus kinase (jak) inhibitor and preparation method therefor | |
CA2998189A1 (en) | Methods for treating arenaviridae and coronaviridae virus infections | |
ZA200400925B (en) | Novel virus proliferation inhibition/virucidal method and novel pyradine nucleotide/pyradine nucleoside analogue | |
US20160206678A1 (en) | Hcv combination therapy | |
US20220227776A1 (en) | Prodrugs of 1'-substituted carba-nucleoside analogues for antiviral treatment | |
CN103923122B (en) | Dimer compound, compositions and preparation method containing oxazolidone and purposes | |
BR122021004504B1 (en) | USE OF AN ANTIMICROBIAL COMPOUND | |
CN106892920A (en) | Aloperine derivative, Preparation Method And The Use | |
IL298673A (en) | Methods of treating a coronavirus infection | |
WO2006082821A1 (en) | Preventive or therapeutic agent for herpesvirus-related disease | |
JP2007515495A (en) | 4'-substituted carbovir and abacavir derivatives and related compounds having HIV and HCV antiviral activity | |
WO2023021132A1 (en) | 6-substituted- and 6,7-disubstituted-7-deazapurine ribonucleoside analogues | |
ES2928666T3 (en) | Pyridinethiones, their pharmaceutical compositions and their therapeutic use for the treatment of proliferative, inflammatory, neurodegenerative or immune-mediated diseases | |
WO2024123749A1 (en) | Antiviral compounds and methods of making and use thereof | |
ES2710915T3 (en) | Complex compounds of germanium, methods for the production thereof and drugs | |
WO2017184670A2 (en) | Methods for treating zika virus infections | |
WO2023284611A1 (en) | Ros-responsive captopril-cinnamaldehyde prodrugs and compositions and methods thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23838294 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |